Taking and Importing Marine Mammals; U.S. Navy Training in the Hawaii Range Complex, 35510-35577 [08-1371]
Download as PDF
35510
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
collection-of-information requirements
contained in this proposed rule should
be submitted in writing to Michael
Payne at the address above and to David
Rostker, OMB, by e-mail at
David_Rostker@omb.eop.gov or by fax to
202–395–7285.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Jolie
Harrison, Office of Protected Resources,
NMFS, (301) 713–2289, ext. 166.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration
50 CFR Part 216
[Docket No. 080519680–8684–01]
RIN 0648–AW86
Taking and Importing Marine
Mammals; U.S. Navy Training in the
Hawaii Range Complex
Availability
National Marine Fisheries
Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA),
Commerce.
ACTION: Proposed rule; request for
comments.
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
AGENCY:
SUMMARY: NMFS has received a request
from the U.S. Navy (Navy) for
authorization to take marine mammals
incidental to training activities
conducted within the Hawaii Range
Complex (HRC) for the period of
December 2008 through December 2013.
Pursuant to the Marine Mammal
Protection Act (MMPA), NMFS is
proposing regulations to govern that
take and requesting information,
suggestions, and comments on these
proposed regulations.
DATES: Comments and information must
be received no later than July 23, 2008.
ADDRESSES: You may submit comments,
identified by 0648-AW86, by any one of
the following methods:
• Electronic Submissions: Submit all
electronic public comments via the
Federal eRulemaking Portal: https://
www.regulations.gov.
• Hand delivery or mailing of paper,
disk, or CD-ROM comments should be
addressed to Michael Payne, Chief,
Permits, Conservation and Education
Division, Office of Protected Resources,
National Marine Fisheries Service, 1315
East-West Highway, Silver Spring, MD
20910–3225.
Instructions: All comments received
are a part of the public record and will
generally be posted to https://
www.regulations.gov without change.
All Personal Identifying Information (for
example, name, address, etc.)
voluntarily submitted by the commenter
may be publicly accessible. Do not
submit Confidential Business
Information or otherwise sensitive or
protected information.
NMFS will accept anonymous
comments. Attachments to electronic
comments will be accepted in Microsoft
Word, Excel, WordPerfect, or Adobe
PDF file formats only.
Comments regarding the burden-hour
estimates or other aspects of the
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
A copy of the Navy’s application may
be obtained by writing to the address
specified above (See ADDRESSES),
telephoning the contact listed above (see
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT), or
visiting the Internet at: https://
www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/
incidental.htm. The Navy’s Final
Environmental Impact Statement (FEIS)
for the Hawaii Range Complex was
published on May 9, 2008, and may be
viewed at https://www.govsupport.us/
hrc. NMFS participated in the
development of the Navy’s FEIS as a
cooperating agency under NEPA. Last,
NMFS is preparing a Draft
Environmental Assessment (EA) that
analyzes the environmental effects of
several different mitigation alternatives
for the potential issuance of the
proposed rule. The Draft EA will be
posted on the following Web site as
soon as it is complete: https://
www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/
incidental.htm.
Background
Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the
MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq.) direct
the Secretary of Commerce (Secretary)
to allow, upon request, the incidental,
but not intentional taking of marine
mammals by U.S. citizens who engage
in a specified activity (other than
commercial fishing) during periods of
not more than five consecutive years
each if certain findings are made and
regulations are issued or, if the taking is
limited to harassment, notice of a
proposed authorization is provided to
the public for review.
Authorization shall be granted if
NMFS finds that the taking will have a
negligible impact on the species or
stock(s), will not have an unmitigable
adverse impact on the availability of the
species or stock(s) for subsistence uses,
and if the permissible methods of taking
and requirements pertaining to the
mitigation, monitoring and reporting of
such taking are set forth.
NMFS has defined ‘‘negligible
impact’’ in 50 CFR 216.103 as:
An impact resulting from the specified
activity that cannot be reasonably expected
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
to, and is not reasonably likely to, adversely
affect the species or stock through effects on
annual rates of recruitment or survival.
The National Defense Authorization
Act of 2004 (NDAA) (Public Law 108–
136) removed the ‘‘small numbers’’ and
‘‘specified geographical region’’
limitations and amended the definition
of ‘‘harassment’’ as it applies to a
‘‘military readiness activity’’ to read as
follows (Section 3(18)(B) of the MMPA):
(i) Any act that injures or has the
significant potential to injure a marine
mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild
[Level A Harassment]; or
(ii) Any act that disturbs or is likely to
disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal
stock in the wild by causing disruption of
natural behavioral patterns, including, but
not limited to, migration, surfacing, nursing,
breeding, feeding, or sheltering, to a point
where such behavioral patterns are
abandoned or significantly altered [Level B
Harassment].
Summary of Request
On June 25, 2007, NMFS received an
application from the Navy requesting
authorization for the take of 24 species
of marine mammals incidental to
upcoming Navy training activities to be
conducted within the HRC, which
covers 235,000 nm2 around the Main
Hawaiian Islands (see map on page 17
of the application), over the course of 5
years. These training activities are
classified as military readiness
activities. The Navy states that these
training activities may incidentally take
marine mammals present within the
HRC by exposing them to sound from
mid-frequency or high frequency active
sonar (MFAS/HFAS) or to underwater
detonations at levels that NMFS
associates with the take of marine
mammals. The Navy requests
authorization to take individuals of 24
species of marine mammals by Level B
Harassment. Further, though they do not
anticipate it to occur, the Navy requests
authorization to take, by injury or
mortality, up to 10 individuals each of
10 species over the course of the 5-year
period (bottlenose dolphin, Kogia spp.,
melon-headed whale, pantropical
spotted dolphin, pygmy killer whale,
short-finned pilot whale, striped
dolphin, and Cuvier’s, Longman’s, and
Blainville’s beaked whale).
Background of Navy Request
The Navy’s mission is to maintain,
train, and equip combat-ready naval
forces capable of winning wars,
deterring aggression, and maintaining
freedom of the seas. Title 10, U.S. Code
(U.S.C.) section 5062 directs the Chief of
Naval Operations to train all naval
forces for combat. The Chief of Naval
Operations meets that direction, in part,
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
by conducting at-sea training exercises
and ensuring naval forces have access to
ranges, operating areas (OPAREAs) and
airspace where they can develop and
maintain skills for wartime missions
and conduct research, development,
test, and evaluation (RDT&E) of naval
weapons systems.
The HRC, where the Navy has, for
more than 40 years, routinely conducted
training and major exercises in the
waters around the Hawaiian Islands, is
a critical part of the Navy’s mission,
especially as it relates to training, for
several reasons. Centrally located in the
Pacific Ocean between the west coast of
the United States and the naval stations
in the western Pacific, and surrounding
the most isolated islands in the world,
the HRC has the infrastructure (i.e.,
extensive existing range assets and
training capabilities) to support a large
number of forces in a location both
remote and under U.S. control. The
range surrounds the major homeport of
Naval Station Pearl Harbor, enabling resupply and repairs to submarines and
surface ships alike. The isolation of the
range offers an invaluable facility on
which to conduct missile testing and
training. Able to link with the U.S.
Army’s Pohakuloa Training Area, as
well as U.S. Air Force and U.S. Marine
Corps bases where aircraft basing and
amphibious training may occur, the
HRC provides a superior joint training
environment for all the U.S. armed
services and advanced missile testing
capability. Among the important assets
of the HRC is the Pacific Missile Range
Facility (PMRF), which is the world’s
largest instrumented, multienvironment, military test range capable
of supporting subsurface, surface, air,
and space training, and RDT&E. It
consists of instrumented underwater
ranges, controlled airspace, and a
temporary operating area covering 2.1
million square nautical miles (nm2) of
ocean area. The Navy must have the
flexibility and capacity to quickly surge
required combat power in the event of
a national crisis or contingency
operation. Because of its location,
training for sustained deployment at the
HRC, rather than at ranges on the west
coast, saves 10 transit days to the
western Pacific from the west coast of
the United States.
The HRC complex consists of targets
and instrumented areas, airspace,
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
surface OPAREAS, and land range
facilities. The Navy’s proposed action
includes conducting current and
emerging training in the HRC. Although
the Navy plans to conduct many
different types of RDT&E on the land, in
the air, and in the water, as well as
implement infrastructure improvements
(addressed comprehensively in the
Navy’s FEIS), this document specifically
analyzes those activities in the HRC for
which the Navy seeks MMPA incidental
take authorization, i.e., those training
activities that the Navy predicts would
result in the generation of levels of
sound in the water that NMFS has
indicated are likely to result in the take
of marine mammals (not counting
SURTASS LFA sonar, for which the
Navy has already obtained an MMPA
authorization), either through the use of
sonar (mid-frequency active sonar
(MFAS) or high frequency active sonar
(HFAS)) or from the use of live
ordnance, including the detonation of
explosives in the water. Table 1–1 in the
Navy’s application presents a summary
of the training and RDT&E activities that
will occur in the HRC and indicates the
exercise types that the Navy’s modeling
indicated would likely result in the take
of marine mammals.
Description of the Specified Activities
As mentioned above, the Navy has
requested MMPA authorization to take
marine mammals incidental to training
activities in the HRC that would result
in the generation of sound in the water,
at or above levels that NMFS has
determined will likely result in take (see
Acoustic Take Criteria Section), either
through the use of MFAS/HFAS or the
detonation of explosives in the water.
Activities Utilizing Active Tactical
Sonar Sources
For this operating area (HRC), the
training activities that utilize active
tactical sonar sources fall into the
category of Anti-submarine Warfare
(ASW) exercises. This section includes
a description of the active acoustic
devices used in ASW exercises, as well
as the exercise types in which these
acoustic sources are used.
Acoustic Sources Used for ASW
Exercises in the HRC
Tactical military sonars are designed
to search for, detect, localize, classify,
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35511
and track submarines. There are two
types of sonars, passive and active:
• Passive sonars only listen to
incoming sounds and, since they do not
emit sound energy in the water, lack the
potential to acoustically affect the
environment.
• Active sonars generate and emit
acoustic energy specifically for the
purpose of obtaining information
concerning a distant object from the
received and processed reflected sound
energy.
Modern sonar technology includes a
multitude of sonar sensor and
processing systems. In concept, the
simplest active sonars emit omnidirectional pulses (‘‘pings’’) and time
the arrival of the reflected echoes from
the target object to determine range.
More sophisticated active sonar emits
an omni-directional ping and then
rapidly scans a steered receiving beam
to provide directional, as well as range,
information. More advanced sonars
transmit multiple preformed beams,
listening to echoes from several
directions simultaneously and
providing efficient detection of both
direction and range.
The tactical military sonars to be
deployed during testing and training in
the HRC are designed to detect
submarines in tactical training
scenarios. This task requires the use of
the sonar mid-frequency range (1
kilohertz [kHz] to 10 kHz)
predominantly, as well as one source in
the high frequency range (above 10 kHz)
that operates at a level high enough to
be considered in the modeling. The high
frequency source will contribute a
comparatively very small amount to the
total amount of active sonar that marine
mammals will be exposed to during the
Navy’s proposed activities, however, for
this document we will refer to the
collective high and mid-frequency sonar
sources as MFAS/HFAS. A narrative
description of the types of acoustic
sources used in ASW training exercises
is included below. Table 1 (below)
summarizes the nominal characteristics
of the acoustic sources used in the
modeling to predict take of marine
mammals.
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
Surface Ship Sonars—A variety of
surface ships participate in testing and
training events. Some ships (e.g., aircraft
carriers, amphibious assault ships) do
not have any onboard active sonar
systems, other than fathometers. Others,
like guided missile cruisers, are
equipped with active as well as passive
tactical sonars for mine avoidance and
submarine detection and tracking.
Within Navy ASW exercises in the HRC,
two types of hull-mounted sonar
sources account for the majority of the
estimated impacts to marine mammals.
The AN/SQS–53 hull-mounted sonar,
which has a nominal source level of 235
decibels (dB) re 1 µPa and transmits at
center frequencies of 2.6 kHz and 3.3
kHz, is the Navy’s most powerful sonar
source used in ASW exercises in the
HRC. The AN/SQS–56 hull-mounted
sonar has a nominal source level of 225
dB re 1 µPa and transmits at a center
frequency of 7.5 kHz. Sonar ping
transmission durations were modeled as
lasting 1 second per ping and omnidirectional, which is a conservative
assumption that may overestimate
potential effects. Actual ping durations
will be less than 1 second. Details
concerning the tactical use of specific
frequencies and the repetition rate for
the sonar pings is classified but was
modeled based on the required tactical
training setting. The AN/SQS–53 and
the AN/SQS–56 were modeled using the
number of hours of predicted use
(typically at two pings per minute;
meaning an hour of sonar operation
results in approximately 120 one-second
pings). Based on modeling results, the
Navy anticipates that the operation of
these two sources will likely result in
take of marine mammals (see Estimated
Take of Marine Mammals Section).
Hull-mounted sonars occasionally
operate in a mode called ‘‘Kingfisher,’’
which is designed to better detect
smaller objects. The Kingfisher mode
uses the same source level and
frequency as normal search modes,
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
however, it uses a different waveform
(designed for small objects), a shorter
pulse length (< 1 sec), a higher pulse
repetition rate (due to the short ranges),
and the ping is not omnidirectional, but
directed forward. All Kingfisher use in
the HRC (approximately 27 hours/year)
was modeled as AN/SQS–53, though the
less powerful AN/SQS–56 likely
accounts for part of the total Kingfisher
use as well.
Submarine Sonars—Submarine
sonars (AN/BQQ–10, AN/BQQ–5, or
AN/BSY–1) are used to detect and target
enemy submarines and surface ships.
Because they are trying to avoid being
detected, a submarine’s use of MFAS is
generally rare, very brief, using minimal
power, and may be narrowly focused.
Modeling for the AN/BQQ–10 (all three
submarine types were modeled as AN/
BQQ–10, the most powerful submarine
sonar source) assumes sonar use of two
pings an hour (which is higher than
typical), for one second each, at 235 dB
re 1 µPa, and using an omni-directional
transmission. The AN/BQQ–10 was
modeled using the number of hours of
predicted use (at two pings per hour).
Based on modeling results, the Navy
anticipates that the operation of this
source may result in some take of
marine mammals (see Estimated Take of
Marine Mammals Section).
Aircraft Sonar Systems—Aircraft
sonar systems that would operate in the
HRC include sonobuoys (SSQ–62) and
dipping sonar (AN/AQS–22). A
sonobuoy is an expendable device,
which may be deployed by maritime
patrol aircraft or helicopters, used for
the detection of underwater acoustic
energy and for conducting vertical water
column temperature measurements.
Most sonobuoys are passive, but some,
like the SSQ–62, can also generate
active acoustic signals. The SSQ–62 has
a nominal source level of 201 dB re 1
µPa and transmits at a center frequency
of 8 kHz. Dipping sonar is an active or
passive sonar device lowered on cable
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
helicopters to detect or maintain contact
with underwater targets. During ASW
training, these systems active modes are
only used briefly for localization of
contacts and are not used in primary
search capacity. The AN/AQS–22 has a
nominal source level of 217 dB re 1 µPa
and transmits at a center frequency of
4.1 kHz. Based on modeling results, the
Navy anticipates that the operation of
these two sources may result in some
take of marine mammals (see Estimated
Take of Marine Mammals Section).
Torpedoes—Torpedoes are the
primary ASW weapon used by surface
ships, aircraft, and submarines. The
guidance systems of these weapons can
be autonomous (acoustically based) or
electronically controlled from the
launching platform through an attached
wire. They operate either passively,
exploiting the emitted sound energy by
the target, or actively, ensonifying the
target and using the received echoes for
guidance. We know that the MK–48
operates in the high frequency range
(>10 kHZ), however, the nominal source
level and the center frequency are
classified. Based on modeling results,
the Navy anticipates that the operation
of this source may result in some take
of marine mammals (see Estimated Take
of Marine Mammals Section). In
addition to the HFA sonar source used
to guide the torpedo, the MK–48 is
discussed in the ‘‘Activities Utilizing
Underwater Detonations’’ Section.
Other Acoustic Sources—The Navy
uses other acoustic sources in ASW
exercises. However, based on
operational characteristics (such as
frequency and source level), the Navy
determined that use of the following
acoustic sources would not likely result
in the take of marine mammals:
• Acoustic Device Countermeasures
(ADC)—submarine simulators that make
sound to act as decoys to avert
localization and/or torpedo attacks.
• Training Targets—ASW training
targets consisting of MK–30 and/or MK–
39 Expendable Mobile ASW Training
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
EP23JN08.001
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
35512
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
35513
instrumented range at PMRF. The range
hydrophones are also tied in with
transducer nodes that are capable of
transmitting acoustic signals for a
limited set of functions, including
submarine warning signals, acoustic
commands to submarine target
simulators (acoustic command link),
and occasional voice or data
communications (received by
participating ships and submarines on
range).
Types of ASW Exercises in the HRC
ASW training conducted within the
HRC involves the use of surface ships,
submarines, aircraft, non-explosive and
explosive exercise weapons, and other
training-related devices. ASW training
involves the use of active and passive
acoustic devices with training activities
occurring in both offshore (<12 nm (22
km) from shore) and open ocean (>12
nm (22 km) from shore) areas. A
description of the different exercise
types is provided below. Table 2 lists
the types of ASW exercises and
indicates the areas they are conducted
in, the average duration of an exercise,
the average number of exercises/per
year, and the time of year they are
conducted. Table 3, at the end of this
section, indicates the total number of
hours for each source type anticipated
for each year for each exercise type.
Anti-Submarine Warfare Tracking
Exercise (ASW TRACKEX)—An ASW
TRACKEX trains aircraft, ship, and
submarine crews in tactics, techniques,
and procedures for search, detection,
and tracking of submarines. No
torpedoes are fired during a TRACKEX.
ASW TRACKEX includes ships, fixed
wing aircraft, helicopters, torpedo
targets, submarines, and weapons
recovery boats and/or helicopters. As a
unit-level exercise, an aircraft, ship, or
submarine is typically used versus one
target submarine or simulated target.
TRACKEXs can include the use of hullmounted sonar, submarines, or
sonobuoys. No explosive ordnance is
used in TRACKEX exercises.
The target may be non-evading while
operating on a specified track or it may
be fully evasive, depending on the state
of training of the ASW unit. Duration of
a TRACKEX is highly dependent on the
tracking platform and its available onstation time. A maritime patrol aircraft
can remain on station for eight hours,
and typically conducts tracking
exercises that last three to six hours. An
ASW helicopter has a much shorter onstation time, and conducts a typical
TRACKEX in one to two hours. Surface
ships and submarines, which measure
their on-station time in days, conduct
tracking exercises exceeding eight hours
and averaging up to 18 hours. For
modeling purposes, TRACKEX and
TORPEX (explained in next section)
sonar hours are averaged, resulting in a
sonar time of 13.5 hours.
ASW TRACKEX events are conducted
on ranges within PMRF Warning Area
W–188, the Hawaii Offshore Areas and/
or the open ocean. Whenever aircraft
use the ranges for ASW training, range
clearance procedures include a detailed
visual range search for marine mammals
and unauthorized boats and planes by
the aircraft releasing the inert torpedoes,
range safety boats/aircraft, and range
controllers. TRACKEXs can include the
use of hull-mounted sonar, submarines,
or sonobuoys, which can result in the
take of marine mammals.
Anti-Submarine Warfare Torpedo
Exercises (ASW TORPEX)—AntiSubmarine Warfare Torpedo Exercises
(ASW TORPEX) train crews in tracking
and attack of submerged targets, firing
one or more Recoverable Exercise
Torpedoes. TORPEX targets used in the
Offshore Areas include submarines,
MK–30 ASW training targets, and MK–
39 Expendable Mobile ASW Training
Targets. The target may be non-evading
while operating on a specified track, or
it may be fully evasive, depending on
the training requirements. Submarines
periodically conduct torpedo firing
training exercises within the Hawaii
Offshore OPAREA. Typical duration of
a submarine TORPEX event is 22.7
hours, while air and surface ASW
platform TORPEX events are
considerably shorter. For modeling
purposes, TRACKEX and TORPEX sonar
hours are averaged resulting in a sonar
time of 13.5 hours. TORPEXs can
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
EP23JN08.002
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
Target (EMATT) are used to simulate
opposition submarines. They are
equipped with one or a combination of
the following devices: (1) Acoustic
projectors emanating sounds to simulate
submarine acoustic signatures; (2) echo
repeaters to simulate the characteristics
of the echo of a particular sonar signal
reflected from a specific type of
submarine; and (3) magnetic sources to
trigger magnetic detectors.
• Range pingers are active acoustic
devices that allow inwater platforms on
the range (e.g., submarines, target
simulators, and exercise torpedoes) to
be tracked by hydrophones on the
seafloor such as those at the underwater
35514
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
include the use of hull-mounted sonar,
submarines, sonobuoys, or MK–48
torpedoes (inert), which can result in
the take of marine mammals.
Rim of the Pacific (RIMPAC)—
RIMPAC is a multi-threat maritime
exercise where submarines, surface
ships, and aircraft from the U.S. and
other countries conduct many different
exercise events, including ASW against
opposition submarine targets to improve
coordination and interoperability of
combined, bilateral and joint forces of
participating nations. RIMPAC occurs
during the summer over a 1-month
period every other year (currently in
even numbered years). Submarine
targets include real submarines, targets
that simulate the operations of an actual
submarine including those described
previously under TORPEX, and virtual
submarines interjected into the training
events by exercise controllers. ASW
training events are complex and highly
variable. For RIMPAC, the primary
event involves a Surface Action Group
(SAG), consisting of one to five surface
ships equipped with sonar, with one or
more helicopters, and a P–3 aircraft
searching for one or more submarines.
There will be approximately four to
eight SAGs for a typical RIMPAC. For
the purposes of analysis, each SAG
event is counted as an ASW training
activity. One or more ASW events may
occur simultaneously within the HRC.
There will be approximately 44 ASW
training events during a typical
RIMPAC, with an average event length
of approximately 12 hours (ranging from
2–24 hours).
In addition to including potential
training with of all of the acoustic
sources mentioned previously, RIMPAC
includes training events that involve
underwater detonations (described in
the next section: Activities Utilizing
Underwater Detonations), including
Sinking Exercise, Air-to-Surface
Gunnery Exercise, Surface-to-Surface
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
Gunnery Exercise, Naval Surface Fire
Support, Air-to-Surface Missile
Exercise, Surface-to-Surface Missile
Exercise, Bombing Exercise, Mine
Neutralization Exercise, and IEER/EER
Exercise. Both the use of the acoustic
sources as well as the underwater
detonations could result in the take of
marine mammals. These exercises
involving underwater detonations do
not overlap in space and time with
sonar exercises. Explosives from
RIMPAC have been included in the
training events described in the next
Section.
Undersea Warfare Exercise
(USWEX)—Carrier Strike Groups (CSGs)
and Expeditionary Strike Groups (ESGs)
that deploy from the west coast of the
United States will experience realistic
submarine combat conditions and assess
submarine warfare training capabilities
postures in the HRC prior to their
deployment to real world operations
elsewhere. As a combined force,
submarines, surface ships, and aircraft
will conduct ASW against opposition
submarine targets, which include real
submarines, targets that simulate the
operations of an actual submarine, and
virtual submarines interjected into the
training events by exercise controllers.
USWEX training events are complex
and highly variable. The primary event
involves from one to five surface ships
equipped with sonar, with one or more
helicopters, and a P–3 aircraft searching
for one or more submarines. A total of
five exercises using MFAS/HFAS,
lasting three to four days each, could
occur throughout the year for USWEX.
In addition to the use of hull-mounted
sonar (AN/SQS–53 and AN/SQS–56),
submarine sonar, helicopter dipping
sonar, and sonobuoys, USWEX includes
training events that involve underwater
detonations as described in the next
section (Activities Utilizing Underwater
Detonations), including Air-to-Surface
Gunnery Exercise, Air-to-Surface
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Missile Exercise, and Bombing Exercise.
Both the use of the acoustic sources as
well as the underwater detonations
could result in the take of marine
mammals. These exercises utilizing
underwater detonations do not overlap
in space and time with sonar exercises.
Explosives from USWEX have been
included in the training events
described in the next section.
Multiple Strike Group Exercise—A
Multiple Strike Group Exercise consists
of events that involve Navy assets
engaging in a schedule of events battle
scenario, with U.S. forces (blue forces)
pitted against a notional opposition
force (red force). Participants use and
build upon previously gained training
skill sets to maintain and improve the
proficiency needed for a missioncapable, deployment-ready unit. The
exercise would occur over a 5-day to 10day period at any time during the year.
As described above for USWEX, as a
combined force, submarines, surface
ships, and aircraft will conduct ASW
against opposition submarine targets.
In addition to the use of hull-mounted
sonar (AN/SQS–53 and AN/SQS–56),
submarine sonar, helicopter dipping
sonar, and sonobuoys , the Multiple
Strike Group Exercise includes training
events that involve underwater
detonations as described in the next
Section (Activities Utilizing Underwater
Detonations), including Sinking
Exercise, Air-to-Surface Missile
Exercise, Mine Neutralization Exercise,
and EER/IEER Exercise. Both the use of
the acoustic sources as well as the
underwater detonations could result in
the take of marine mammals. These
exercises utilizing underwater
detonations do not overlap in space and
time with sonar exercises. Explosives
from the Multiple Strike Group Exercise
have been included in the events
described in the next Section.
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
35515
Sinking Exercise (SINKEX)—In a
SINKEX, a specially prepared,
deactivated vessel is deliberately sunk
using multiple weapons systems. The
exercise provides training to ship and
submarine and aircraft crews in
delivering both live and inert ordnance
on a real target. These target vessels are
remediated to standards set by the
Environmental Protection Agency. A
SINKEX target is towed to sea and set
adrift at the SINKEX location. The
duration of a SINKEX is unpredictable
since it ends when the target sinks,
sometimes immediately after the first
weapon impact and sometimes only
after multiple impacts by a variety of
weapons. Typically, the exercise lasts
for four to eight hours over one to two
days. SINKEXs typically occur only
once or twice a year in the HRC.
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
EP23JN08.004
possible scenarios as related to potential
marine mammals impacts). Exercises
may utilize either live or inert ordnance
of the types listed in Table 4.
Additionally, successful hit rates are
known to the Navy and are utilized in
the effects modeling. Training events
that involve explosives and underwater
detonations occur throughout the year
and are described below and
summarized in Table 5 at the end of this
section.
EP23JN08.003
Underwater detonation activities can
occur at various depths depending on
the activity (sinking exercise [SINKEX]
and mine neutralization), but may also
include activities which may have
detonations at or just below the surface
(SINKEX, gunnery exercise [GUNEX], or
missile exercise [MISSILEX]). When the
weapons hit the target except for live
torpedo shot, there is no explosion in
the water, and so a ‘‘hit’’ is not modeled
(i.e., the energy (either acoustic or
pressure) from the hit is not expected to
reach levels that would result in take of
marine mammals). When a live weapon
misses, it is modeled as exploding
below the water surface at 1 ft (5-inch
naval gunfire, 76mm rounds), 2 meters
(Maverick, Harpoon, MK–82, MK–83,
MK–84), or 50-ft (MK–48 torpedo) as
shown in Appendix A of the Navy’s
application, Table A–7 (the depth is
chosen to represent the worst case of the
Activities Utilizing Underwater
Detonations
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
35516
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
Underwater detonation of several
different explosive types could result in
the take of marine mammals. Some or
all of the following weapons may be
employed in a SINKEX: Three
HARPOON surface-to-surface and air-tosurface missiles; two to eight air-tosurface Maverick missiles; two to four
MK–82 General Purpose Bombs; two
Hellfire air-to-surface missiles; one
SLAM-ER air-to-surface missile; twohundred and fifty rounds for a 5-inch
gun; and one MK–48 heavyweight
submarine-launched torpedo.
Surface-to-Surface Gunnery Exercise
(S-S GUNEX)—Surface gunnery
exercises (GUNEX) take place in the
open ocean to provide gunnery practice
for Navy and Coast Guard ship crews.
GUNEX training events conducted in
the Offshore OPAREA involve
stationary targets such as a MK–42
FAST or a MK–58 marker (smoke) buoy.
The gun systems employed against
surface targets include the 5-inch, 76
millimeter (mm), 25-mm chain gun, 20mm Close-in Weapon System (CIWS),
and .50 caliber machine gun. Typical
ordnance expenditure for a single
GUNEX is a minimum of 21 rounds of
5-inch or 76-mm ammunition, and
approximately 150 rounds of 25-mm or
.50-caliber ammunition. Both live and
inert training rounds are used. After
impacting the water, the rounds and
fragments sink to the bottom of the
ocean. A S-S GUNEX lasts
approximately two to four hours,
depending on target services and
weather conditions. Detonation of the
live 5-inch and 76-mm rounds could
result in the take of marine mammals.
Naval Surface Fire Support Exercise—
Navy surface combatants conduct fire
support exercise (FIREX) training events
at PMRF on a virtual range against
‘‘Fake Island’’, located on Barking Sands
Tactical Underwater Range (BARSTUR).
Fake Island is unique in that it is a
virtual landmass simulated in three
dimensions. Ships conducting FIREX
training against targets on the island are
given the coordinates and elevation of
targets. PMRF is capable of tracking
fired rounds to an accuracy of 30 feet
(9.1 m). Detonation of the live 5-inch
and 76-mm rounds fired into ocean
during this exercise could result in the
take of marine mammals.
Air-to-Surface Missile Exercise (A–S
MISSILEX)—The A–S MISSILEX
consists of the attacking platform
releasing a forward-fired, guided
weapon at the designated towed target.
The exercise involves locating the
target, then designating the target,
usually with a laser.
A–S MISSILEX training can take place
without the release of a live weapon if
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
the attacking platform is carrying a
captive air training missile (CATM)
simulating the weapon involved in the
training. The CATM MISSILEX is
identical to a live-fire exercise in every
aspect except that a weapon is not
released, nor does it contain any
explosives or propellant. The event
requires a laser-safe range as the target
is designated just as in a live-fire
exercise.
From 1 to 16 aircraft, carrying live,
inert, or CATMs, or flying without
ordnance (dry runs) are used during the
exercise. At sea, seaborne powered
targets (SEPTARs), Improved Surface
Towed Targets (ISTTs), and
decommissioned hulks are used as
targets. A–S MISSILEX assets include
helicopters and/or one to 16 fixed wing
aircraft with air-to-surface missiles and
anti-radiation missiles (electromagnetic
radiation source seeking missiles).
When a high-speed anti-radiation
missile (HARM) is used, the exercise is
called a HARMEX. Targets include
SEPTARs, ISTTs, and decommissioned
ship hulks. Detonation of live ordnance
could result in the take of marine
mammals.
Surface-to-Surface Missile Exercise
(S–S MISSILEX)—Surface-to-surface
missile exercise (S–S MISSILEX)
involves the attack of surface targets at
sea by use of cruise missiles or other
missile systems, usually by a single ship
conducting training in the detection,
classification, tracking and engagement
of a surface target. Engagement is
usually with Harpoon missiles or
Standard missiles in the surface-tosurface mode. Targets could include
virtual targets or the SEPTAR or ship
deployed surface target. S–S MISSILEX
training is routinely conducted on
individual ships with embedded
training devices. A S–S MISSILEX could
include four to 20 surface-to-surface
missiles, SEPTARs, a weapons recovery
boat, and a helicopter for environmental
and photo evaluation. All missiles are
equipped with instrumentation
packages or a warhead. Surface-to-air
missiles can also be used in a surfaceto-surface mode. S–S MISSILEX
activities are conducted within PMRF
Warning area W–188. Each exercise
typically lasts five hours, though future
S–S MISSILEXs could range from four
to 35 hours. Missile detonation could
result in the take of marine mammals.
Bombing Exercise (BOMBEX)—Fixedwing aircraft conduct BOMBEX events
against stationary targets (MK–42 FAST
or MK–58 smoke buoy) at sea. An
aircraft will clear the area, deploy a
smoke buoy or other floating target, and
then set up a racetrack pattern, dropping
on the target with each pass. At PMRF,
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
a range boat might be used to deploy the
target for an aircraft to attack. A
BOMBEX may involve either live or
inert ordnance. Underwater detonation
of live ordnance could result in the take
of marine mammals.
Mine Neutralization—Mine
Neutralization events involve the
detection, identification, evaluation,
rendering safe, and disposal of mines
and unexploded ordnance (UXO) that
constitutes a threat to ships or
personnel. Mine neutralization training
can be conducted by a variety of air,
surface and subsurface assets. Tactics
for neutralization of ground or bottom
mines involve a diver placing a specific
amount of explosives, which when
detonated underwater at a specific
distance from a mine results in
neutralization of the mine. Floating, or
moored, mines involve the diver placing
a specific amount of explosives directly
on the mine. Floating mines
encountered by Fleet ships in open
ocean areas will be detonated at the
surface. Inert dummy mines are used in
the exercises. The total net explosive
weight used against each mine ranges
from less than one pound to 20 pounds
(0.5 to 9.1 kg). Mine neutralization
training takes place offshore in Puuloa
Underwater Range, Lima Landing, Naval
Inactive Ship Maintenance Facility,
MCBH, MCTAB, Barters Point Range,
Ewa Training Minefield; and in openocean areas. Detonation of live ordnance
could result in the take of marine
mammals.
All demolition activities are
conducted in accordance with current
Navy directives and approved standard
operating procedures. Before any
explosive is detonated, divers are
transported a safe distance away from
the explosive. Standard practices for
tethered mines in Hawaiian waters
require ground mine explosive charges
to be suspended 10 feet (3.0 m) below
the surface of the water.
EER/IEER AN/SSQ–110A—The
Extended Echo Ranging and Improved
Extended Echo Ranging (EER/IEER)
Systems are air-launched ASW systems
used in conducting ‘‘large area’’
searches for submarines. These systems
are made up of airborne avionics ASW
acoustic processing and sonobuoy types
that are deployed in pairs. The IEER
System’s active sonobuoy component,
the AN/SSQ–110A Sonobuoy, would
generate a ‘‘ping’’ (small detonation)
and the passive AN/SSQ–101 ADAR
Sonobuoy would ‘‘listen’’ for the return
echo of the sonar ping that has been
bounced off the surface of a submarine.
These sonobuoys are designed to
provide underwater acoustic data
necessary for naval aircrews to quickly
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
35517
and accurately detect submerged
submarines. The expendable and
commandable sonobuoy pairs are
dropped from a fixed-wing aircraft into
the ocean in a predetermined pattern
(array) with a few buoys covering a very
large area. Upon command from the
aircraft, the bottom payload is released
to sink to a designated operating depth.
A second command is required from the
aircraft to cause the second payload to
release and detonate generating a
‘‘ping’’. There is only one detonation in
the pattern of buoys at a time.
Detonation of the buoys could result in
the take of marine mammals.
Air-to-Surface Gunnery Exercise (A–S
GUNEX)—Air-to-Surface GUNEX events
are conducted by rotary-wing aircraft
against stationary targets (Floating at-sea
Target [FAST] and smoke buoy). Rotarywing aircraft involved in this training
activity would include a single SH–60
using either 7.62-mm or .50-caliber
door-mounted machine guns. A typical
A–S GUNEX will last approximately
one hour and involve the expenditure of
approximately 400 rounds of 50-caliber
or 7.62-mm ammunition. Due to the use
of small, inert rounds, A–S GUNEXs are
not expected to result in the take of
marine mammals.
Additional information on the Navy’s
proposed activities may be found in the
LOA Application and the FEIS (Section
2 and Appendices D, E, and J).
there are 25 cetacean species (7
mysticetes and 18 odontocetes) and two
pinnipeds. Table 6 also includes the
estimated abundance, estimated group
size, and estimated probability of
detection (based on Barlow 2006) of the
species that occur in the HRC. Seven
marine mammal species listed as
federally endangered under the
Endangered Species Act (ESA) occur in
the HRC: the humpback whale, North
Pacific right whale, sei whale, fin whale,
blue whale, sperm whale, and Hawaiian
monk seal. The most abundant marine
mammals appear to be dwarf sperm
whales, striped dolphins, and Fraser’s
dolphins. The most abundant large
whales are sperm whales.
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
There are 27 marine mammal species
with possible or confirmed occurrence
in the HRC. As indicated in Table 6,
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
EP23JN08.005
Description of Marine Mammals in the
Area of the Specified Activities
VerDate Aug<31>2005
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
17:19 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
EP23JN08.006
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
35518
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
The Navy has compiled information
on the abundance, behavior, status and
distribution, and vocalizations of
marine mammal species in the
Hawaiian waters from peer reviewed
literature, the Navy Marine Resource
Assessment, NMFS Stock Assessment
Reports, and marine mammal surveys
using acoustics or visual observations
from aircraft or ships. This information
may be viewed in the Navy’s LOA
application and/or the Navy’s FEIS for
the HRC (see Availability). Additional
information is available in NMFS Stock
Assessment Reports, which may be
viewed at: https://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/
pr/sars/species.htm.
Based on their rare occurrence in the
HRC, the Navy and NMFS do not
anticipate any effects to Blue whales,
North Pacific right whales, or Northern
elephant seals and, therefore, they are
not addressed further in this document.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
Important Reproductive Areas
Because the consideration of areas
where marine mammals are known to
selectively breed or calve are important
to both the negligible impact finding
necessary for the issuance of an MMPA
authorization and the need for NMFS to
put forth the means of effecting the least
practicable adverse impact paying
particular attention to rookeries, mating
grounds, and other areas of similar
significance, we are emphasizing
important reproductive areas within this
section. Little is known about the
breeding and calving behaviors of many
of the marine mammals that occur in the
HRC. Some delphinid species have
calving peaks once or twice a year, but
give birth throughout their ranges. The
mysticete species that may occur in the
HRC are generally thought to migrate
from higher to lower latitudes to breed
and calve in the winter. With one
notable exception, no breeding or
calving areas have been identified in the
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35519
HRC for the species that occur there.
However, the main Hawaiian Islands
constitute one of the world’s most
important habitats for the endangered
humpback whale. Nearly two-thirds of
the entire North Pacific population of
humpback whales migrates to Hawaii
each winter to engage in breeding,
calving and nursing activities important
for the survival of their species. The
available sighting information and the
known preferred breeding habitat
(shallow water) indicates that
humpback whale densities are much
higher (up to almost four whales/square
mile) in certain areas and that
humpback mothers and calves are
concentrated within the 200-m isobath.
The Hawaiian Humpback Whale
National Marine Sanctuary worked with
Dr. Joe Mobley to compile a figure that
generally illustrates humpback whale
survey data collected between 1993 and
2003 and indicates areas of high and
low density (Mobley 2004, Figure 1).
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
BILLING CODE 3510–22–C
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:23 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
EP23JN08.007
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
35520
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
A Brief Background on Sound
An understanding of the basic
properties of underwater sound is
necessary to comprehend many of the
concepts and analyses presented in this
document. A summary is included
below.
Sound is a wave of pressure variations
propagating through a medium (for the
sonar considered in this proposed rule,
the medium is marine water). Pressure
variations are created by compressing
and relaxing the medium. Sound
measurements can be expressed in two
forms: intensity and pressure. Acoustic
intensity is the average rate of energy
transmitted through a unit area in a
specified direction and is expressed in
watts per square meter (W/m2). Acoustic
intensity is rarely measured directly, it
is derived from ratios of pressures; the
standard reference pressure for
underwater sound is 1 microPascal
(µPa); for airborne sound, the standard
reference pressure is 20 µPa (Richardson
et al., 1995).
Acousticians have adopted a
logarithmic scale for sound intensities,
which is denoted in decibels (dB).
Decibel measurements represent the
ratio between a measured pressure value
and a reference pressure value (in this
case 1 µPa or, for airborne sound, 20
µPa). The logarithmic nature of the scale
means that each 10 dB increase is a tenfold increase in power (e.g., 20 dB is a
100-fold increase, 30 dB is a 1,000-fold
increase). Humans perceive a 10-dB
increase in noise as a doubling of sound
level, or a 10 dB decrease in noise as a
halving of sound level. The term ‘‘sound
pressure level’’ implies a decibel
measure and a reference pressure that is
used as the denominator of the ratio.
Throughout this document, NMFS uses
1 microPascal (denoted re: 1 µPa) as a
standard reference pressure unless
noted otherwise.
It is important to note that decibels
underwater and decibels in air are not
the same and cannot be directly
compared. To estimate a comparison
between sound in air and underwater,
because of the different densities of air
and water and the different decibel
standards (i.e., reference pressures) in
water and air, a sound with the same
intensity (i.e., power) in air and in water
would be approximately 63 dB quieter
in air. Thus a sound that is 160 dB loud
underwater would have the same
approximate effective intensity as a
sound that is 97 dB loud in air.
Sound frequency is measured in
cycles per second, or Hertz (abbreviated
Hz), and is analogous to musical pitch;
high-pitched sounds contain high
frequencies and low-pitched sounds
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:23 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
contain low frequencies. Natural sounds
in the ocean span a huge range of
frequencies: from earthquake noise at 5
Hz to harbor porpoise clicks at 150,000
Hz (150 kHz). These sounds are so low
or so high in pitch that humans cannot
even hear them; acousticians call these
infrasonic and ultrasonic sounds,
respectively. A single sound may be
made up of many different frequencies
together. Sounds made up of only a
small range of frequencies are called
‘‘narrowband’’, and sounds with a broad
range of frequencies are called
‘‘broadband’’; airguns are an example of
a broadband sound source and tactical
sonars are an example of a narrowband
sound source.
When considering the influence of
various kinds of sound on the marine
environment, it is necessary to
understand that different kinds of
marine life are sensitive to different
frequencies of sound. Based on available
behavioral data, audiograms derived
using auditory evoked potential,
anatomical modeling, and other data,
Southall et al. (2007) designate
‘‘functional hearing groups’’ and
estimate the lower and upper
frequencies of functional hearing of the
groups. Further, the frequency range in
which each group’s hearing is estimated
as being most sensitive is represented in
the flat part of the M-weighting
functions developed for each group.
More specific data is available for
certain species (Table 17). The
functional groups and the associated
frequencies are indicated below:
• Low frequency cetaceans (13
species of mysticetes): Functional
hearing is estimated to occur between
approximately 7 Hz and 22 kHz.
• Mid-frequency cetaceans (32
species of dolphins, six species of larger
toothed whales, and 19 species of
beaked and bottlenose whales):
Functional hearing is estimated to occur
between approximately 150 Hz and 160
kHz.
• High frequency cetaceans (eight
species of true porpoises, six species of
river dolphins, Kogia, the franciscana,
and four species of cephalorhynchids):
Functional hearing is estimated to occur
between approximately 200 Hz and 180
kHz.
• Pinnipeds in Water: Functional
hearing is estimated to occur between
approximately 75 Hz and 75 kHz, with
the greatest sensitivity between
approximately 700 Hz and 20 kHz.
• Pinnipeds in Air: Functional
hearing is estimated to occur between
approximately 75 Hz and 30 kHz.
Because ears adapted to function
underwater are physiologically different
from human ears, comparisons using
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35521
decibel measurements in air would still
not be adequate to describe the effects
of a sound on a whale. When sound
travels away from its source, its
loudness decreases as the distance
traveled (propagates) by the sound
increases. Thus, the loudness of a sound
at its source is higher than the loudness
of that same sound a kilometer distant.
Acousticians often refer to the loudness
of a sound at its source (typically
measured one meter from the source) as
the source level and the loudness of
sound elsewhere as the received level.
For example, a humpback whale three
kilometers from an airgun that has a
source level of 230 dB may only be
exposed to sound that is 160 dB loud,
depending on how the sound
propagates. As a result, it is important
not to confuse source levels and
received levels when discussing the
loudness of sound in the ocean.
As sound travels from a source, its
propagation in water is influenced by
various physical characteristics,
including water temperature, depth,
salinity, and surface and bottom
properties that cause refraction,
reflection, absorption, and scattering of
sound waves. Oceans are not
homogeneous and the contribution of
each of these individual factors is
extremely complex and interrelated.
The physical characteristics that
determine the sound’s speed through
the water will change with depth,
season, geographic location, and with
time of day (as a result, in actual sonar
operations, crews will measure oceanic
conditions, such as sea water
temperature and depth, to calibrate
models that determine the path the
sonar signal will take as it travels
through the ocean and how strong the
sound signal will be at a given range
along a particular transmission path). As
sound travels through the ocean, the
intensity associated with the wavefront
diminishes, or attenuates. This decrease
in intensity is referred to as propagation
loss, also commonly called transmission
loss.
Metrics Used in This Document
This section includes a brief
explanation of the two sound
measurements (sound pressure level
(SPL) and sound exposure level (SEL))
frequently used in the discussions of
acoustic effects in this document.
SPL
Sound pressure is the sound force per
unit area, and is usually measured in
micropascals (µPa), where 1 Pa is the
pressure resulting from a force of one
newton exerted over an area of one
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
35522
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
square meter. SPL is expressed as the
ratio of a measured sound pressure and
a reference level. The commonly used
reference pressure level in underwater
acoustics is 1 µPa, and the units for
SPLs are dB re: 1 µPa.
SPL (in dB) = 20 log (pressure/reference
pressure)
SPL is an instantaneous measurement
and can be expressed as the peak, the
peak-peak, or the root mean square
(rms). Root mean square, which is the
square root of the arithmetic average of
the squared instantaneous pressure
values, is typically used in discussions
of the effects of sounds on vertebrates
and all references to SPL in this
document refer to the root mean square.
SPL does not take the duration of a
sound into account. SPL is the
applicable metric used in the risk
continuum, which is used to estimate
behavioral harassment takes (see Level
B Harassment Risk Function (Behavioral
Harassment) Section).
SEL
SEL is an energy metric that integrates
the squared instantaneous sound
pressure over a stated time interval. The
units for SEL are dB re: 1 µPa2s.
SEL = SPL + 10log(duration in seconds)
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
As applied to tactical sonar, the SEL
includes both the SPL of a sonar ping
and the total duration. Longer duration
pings and/or pings with higher SPLs
will have a higher SEL. If an animal is
exposed to multiple pings, the SEL in
each individual ping is summed to
calculate the total SEL. The total SEL
depends on the SPL, duration, and
number of pings received. The
thresholds that NMFS uses to indicate at
what received level the onset of
temporary threshold shift (TTS) and
permanent threshold shift (PTS) in
hearing are likely to occur are expressed
in SEL.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
Potential Effects of Specified Activities
on Marine Mammals
Exposure to MFAS/HFAS
The Navy has requested authorization
for the take of marine mammals that
may occur incidental to training
activities in the HRC utilizing MFAS/
HFAS or underwater explosives. The
Navy has analyzed other Navy activities
in the HRC, both ongoing and proposed,
and in consultation with NMFS as a
cooperating agency for the HRC EIS, has
determined that take of marine
mammals incidental to other Navy
activities is unlikely and, therefore, has
not requested authorization for take of
marine mammals that might occur
incidental to any other activities.
Therefore, NMFS will analyze the
potential effects on marine mammals
from MFAS/HFAS and underwater
detonations, but not from other
activities.
For the purposes of MMPA
authorizations, NMFS’s effects
assessments have three primary
purposes: (1) To put forth the
permissible methods of taking within
the context of MMPA Level B
Harassment (behavioral harassment),
Level A Harassment (injury), and
mortality (i.e., identify the number and
types of take that will occur); (2) to
determine whether the specified activity
will have a negligible impact on the
affected species or stocks of marine
mammals (based on the likelihood that
the activity will adversely affect the
species or stock through effects on
annual rates of recruitment or survival);
and (3) to determine whether the
specified activity will have an
unmitigable adverse impact on the
availability of the species or stock(s) for
subsistence uses (however, there are no
subsistence communities that would be
affected in the HRC, so this
determination is inapplicable for the
HRC).
More specifically, for activities
involving active tactical sonar or
underwater detonations, NMFS’s
analysis will identify the probability of
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
lethal responses, physical trauma,
sensory impairment (permanent and
temporary threshold shifts and acoustic
masking), physiological responses
(particular stress responses), behavioral
disturbance (that rises to the level of
harassment), and social responses that
would be classified as behavioral
harassment or injury and/or would be
likely to adversely affect the species or
stock through effects on annual rates of
recruitment or survival. In this section,
we will focus qualitatively on the
different ways that MFAS/HFAS and
underwater explosive detonations may
affect marine mammals (some of which
NMFS would not classify as
harassment). Then, in the Estimated
Take of Marine Mammals Section,
NMFS will relate the potential effects to
marine mammals from MFAS/HFAS
and underwater detonation of
explosives to the MMPA regulatory
definitions of Level A and Level B
Harassment and attempt to quantify
those effects.
In its April 14, 2008, Biological
Opinion of the U.S. Navy’s proposal to
conduct four training exercises in the
Cherry Point, Virginia Capes, and
Jacksonville, Range Complexes NMFS
presented a conceptual model of the
potential responses of endangered and
threatened species upon being exposed
to active sonar and the pathways by
which those responses might affect the
fitness of individual animals that have
been exposed, which may then affect
the reproduction and/or survival of
those individuals. Literature supporting
the framework, with examples drawn
from many taxa (both aquatic and
terrestrial) was included in the
‘‘Application of this Approach’’ and
‘‘Response Analyses’’ sections of that
document (available at: https://
www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/
incidental.htm). This conceptual
framework may also be used to describe
the responses and pathways for nonendangered and non-threatened species
and is included in this document for
reference (Figure 2).
BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
35523
BILLING CODE 3510–22–C
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
EP23JN08.008
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
35524
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
Direct Physiological Effects
Based on the literature, there are two
basic ways that MFAS/HFAS might
directly result in physical trauma or
damage: Noise-induced loss of hearing
sensitivity (more commonly-called
‘‘threshold shift’’) and acoustically
mediated bubble growth. Separately, an
animal’s behavioral reaction to an
acoustic exposure might lead to
physiological effects that might
ultimately lead to injury or death, which
is discussed later in the Stranding
section.
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
Threshold Shift (Noise-Induced Loss of
Hearing)
When animals exhibit reduced
hearing sensitivity (i.e., sounds must be
louder for an animal to recognize them)
following exposure to a sufficiently
intense sound, it is referred to as a
noise-induced threshold shift (TS). An
animal can experience temporary
threshold shift (TTS) or permanent
threshold shift (PTS). TTS can last from
minutes or hours to days (i.e., there is
recovery), occurs in specific frequency
ranges (i.e., an animal might only have
a temporary loss of hearing sensitivity
between the frequencies of 1 and 10
kHz)), and can be of varying amounts
(for example, an animal’s hearing
sensitivity might be reduced by only 6
dB or reduced by 30 dB). PTS is
permanent (i.e., there is no recovery),
but also occurs in a specific frequency
range and amount as mentioned.
The following physiological
mechanisms are thought to play a role
in inducing auditory TSs: Effects to
sensory hair cells in the inner ear that
reduce their sensitivity, modification of
the chemical environment within the
sensory cells, residual muscular activity
in the middle ear, displacement of
certain inner ear membranes, increased
blood flow, and post-stimulatory
reduction in both efferent and sensory
neural output (Southall et al., 2007).
The amplitude, duration, frequency,
temporal pattern, and energy
distribution of sound exposure all affect
the amount of associated TS and the
frequency range in which it occurs. As
amplitude and duration of sound
exposure increase, so, generally, does
the amount of TS. For continuous
sounds, exposures of equal energy (the
same SEL) will lead to approximately
equal effects. For intermittent sounds,
less TS will occur than from a
continuous exposure with the same
energy (some recovery will occur
between exposures) (Kryter et al., 1966;
Ward, 1997). For example, one short but
loud (higher SPL) sound exposure may
induce the same impairment as one
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
longer but softer sound, which in turn
may cause more impairment than a
series of several intermittent softer
sounds with the same total energy
(Ward, 1997). Additionally, though TTS
is temporary, very prolonged exposure
to sound strong enough to elicit TTS, or
shorter-term exposure to sound levels
well above the TTS threshold, can cause
PTS, at least in terrestrial mammals
(Kryter, 1985) (although in the case of
MFAS/HFAS, animals are not expected
to be exposed to levels high enough or
durations long enough to result in PTS).
PTS is considered auditory injury
(Southall et al., 2007). Irreparable
damage to the inner or outer cochlear
hair cells may cause PTS, however,
other mechanisms are also involved,
such as exceeding the elastic limits of
certain tissues and membranes in the
middle and inner ears and resultant
changes in the chemical composition of
the inner ear fluids (Southall et al.,
2007).
Although the published body of
scientific literature contains numerous
theoretical studies and discussion
papers on hearing impairments that can
occur with exposure to a loud sound,
only a few studies provide empirical
information on the levels at which
noise-induced loss in hearing sensitivity
occurs in nonhuman animals. For
cetaceans, published data are limited to
the captive bottlenose dolphin and
beluga (Finneran et al., 2000, 2002b,
2005a; Schlundt et al., 2000; Nachtigall
et al., 2003, 2004). For pinnipeds in
water, data is limited to Kastak et al.’s
measurement of TTS in one harbor seal,
one elephant seal, and one California
sea lion.
Marine mammal hearing plays a
critical role in communication with
conspecifics, and interpreting
environmental cues for purposes such
as predator avoidance and prey capture.
Depending on the degree (dB), duration,
and frequency range of TTS, and the
context in which it is experienced, TTS
can have effects on marine mammals
ranging from discountable to serious
(similar to those discussed in auditory
masking, below). For example, a marine
mammal may be able to readily
compensate for a brief, relatively small
amount of TTS in a non-critical
frequency range that takes place during
a time when the animal is traveling
through the open ocean, where ambient
noise is lower and there are not as many
competing sounds present.
Alternatively, a larger amount and
longer duration of TTS sustained during
time when communication is critical for
successful mother/calf interactions
could have more serious impacts. Also,
depending on the degree and frequency
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
range, the effects of PTS on an animal
could range in severity, although it is
considered generally more serious
because it is a long term condition. Of
note, reduced hearing sensitivity as a
simple function of development and
aging has been observed in marine
mammals, as well as humans and other
taxa (Southall et al., 2007), so we can
infer that strategies exist for coping with
this condition to some degree, though
likely not without cost. There is no
empirical evidence that exposure to
MFAS/HFAS can cause PTS in any
marine mammals; instead the
probability of PTS has been inferred
from studies of TTS (see Richardson et
al. 1995).
Acoustically Mediated Bubble Growth
One theoretical cause of injury to
marine mammals is rectified diffusion
(Crum and Mao, 1996), the process of
increasing the size of a bubble by
exposing it to a sound field. This
process could be facilitated if the
environment in which the ensonified
bubbles exist is supersaturated with gas.
Repetitive diving by marine mammals
can cause the blood and some tissues to
accumulate gas to a greater degree than
is supported by the surrounding
environmental pressure (Ridgway and
Howard, 1979). The deeper and longer
dives of some marine mammals (for
example, beaked whales) are
theoretically predicted to induce greater
supersaturation (Houser et al., 2001b). If
rectified diffusion were possible in
marine mammals exposed to high-level
sound, conditions of tissue
supersaturation could theoretically
speed the rate and increase the size of
bubble growth. Subsequent effects due
to tissue trauma and emboli would
presumably mirror those observed in
humans suffering from decompression
sickness.
It is unlikely that the short duration
of sonar pings would be long enough to
drive bubble growth to any substantial
size, if such a phenomenon occurs.
Recent work conducted by Crum et al.
(2005) demonstrated the possibility of
rectified diffusion for short duration
signals, but at sound exposure levels
and tissue saturations levels that are
improbable to occur in a diving marine
mammal. However, an alternative but
related hypothesis has also been
suggested: Stable bubbles could be
destabilized by high-level sound
exposures such that bubble growth then
occurs through static diffusion of gas
out of the tissues. In such a scenario the
marine mammal would need to be in a
gas-supersaturated state for a long
enough period of time for bubbles to
become of a problematic size. Yet
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
another hypothesis (decompression
sickness) has speculated that rapid
ascent to the surface following exposure
to a startling sound might produce
tissue gas saturation sufficient for the
evolution of nitrogen bubbles (Jepson et
al., 2003; Fernandez et al., 2005). In this
scenario, the rate of ascent would need
to be sufficiently rapid to compromise
behavioral or physiological protections
against nitrogen bubble formation.
Collectively, these hypotheses can be
referred to as ‘‘hypotheses of
acoustically mediated bubble growth.’’
Although theoretical predictions
suggest the possibility for acoustically
mediated bubble growth, there is
considerable disagreement among
scientists as to its likelihood (Piantadosi
and Thalmann, 2004; Evans and Miller,
2003). Crum and Mao (1996)
hypothesized that received levels would
have to exceed 190 dB in order for there
to be the possibility of significant
bubble growth due to supersaturation of
gases in the blood (i.e., rectified
diffusion). More recent work conducted
by Crum et al. (2005) demonstrated the
possibility of rectified diffusion for
short duration signals, but at SELs and
tissue saturation levels that are highly
improbable to occur in diving marine
mammals. To date, Energy Levels (ELs)
predicted to cause in vivo bubble
formation within diving cetaceans have
not been evaluated (NOAA, 2002b).
Although it has been argued that
traumas from some recent beaked whale
strandings are consistent with gas
emboli and bubble-induced tissue
separations (Jepson et al., 2003), there is
no conclusive evidence of this.
However, Jepson et al. (2003, 2005) and
Fernandez et al. (2004, 2005) concluded
that in vivo bubble formation, which
may be exacerbated by deep, longduration, repetitive dives may explain
why beaked whales appear to be
particularly vulnerable to sonar
exposures. Further investigation is
needed to further assess the potential
validity of these hypotheses. More
information regarding hypotheses that
attempt to explain how behavioral
responses to MFAS/HFAS can lead to
strandings is included in the
Behaviorally Mediated Bubble Growth
Section, after the summary of
strandings.
Acoustic Masking
Marine mammals use acoustic signals
for a variety of purposes, which differ
among species, but include
communication between individuals,
navigation, foraging, reproduction, and
learning about their environment (Erbe
and Farmer, 2000; Tyack, 2000).
Masking, or auditory interference,
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
generally occurs when sounds in the
environment are louder than and of a
similar frequency to, auditory signals an
animal is trying to receive. Masking is
a phenomenon that affects animals that
are trying to receive acoustic
information about their environment,
including sounds from other members
of their species, predators, prey, and
sounds that allow them to orient in their
environment. Masking these acoustic
signals can disturb the behavior of
individual animals, groups of animals,
or entire populations.
The extent of the masking interference
depends on the spectral, temporal, and
spatial relationships between the signals
an animal is trying to receive and the
masking noise, in addition to other
factors. In humans, significant masking
of tonal signals occurs as a result of
exposure to noise in a narrow band of
similar frequencies. As the sound level
increases, though, the detection of
frequencies above those of the masking
stimulus decreases also. This principle
is expected to apply to marine mammals
as well because of common
biomechanical cochlear properties
across taxa.
Richardson et al. (1995b) argued that
the maximum radius of influence of an
industrial noise (including broadband
low frequency sound transmission) on a
marine mammal is the distance from the
source to the point at which the noise
can barely be heard. This range is
determined by either the hearing
sensitivity of the animal or the
background noise level present.
Industrial masking is most likely to
affect some species’ ability to detect
communication calls and natural
sounds (i.e., surf noise, prey noise, etc.;
Richardson et al., 1995).
The echolocation calls of toothed
whales are subject to masking by high
frequency sound. Human data indicate
low frequency sound can mask high
frequency sounds (i.e., upward
masking). Studies on captive
odontocetes by Au et al. (1974, 1985,
1993) indicate that some species may
use various processes to reduce masking
effects (e.g., adjustments in echolocation
call intensity or frequency as a function
of background noise conditions). There
is also evidence that the directional
hearing abilities of odontocetes are
useful in reducing masking at the high
frequencies these cetaceans use to
echolocate, but not at the low-tomoderate frequencies they use to
communication (Zaitseva et al., 1980).
As mentioned previously, the
functional hearing ranges of mysticetes,
odontocetes, and pinnipeds all
encompass the frequencies of the sonar
sources used in the Navy’s training
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35525
exercises. Additionally, almost all
species vocal repertoires span across the
frequencies of the sonar sources used by
the Navy. The closer the characteristics
of the masking signal to the signal of
interest, the more likely masking is to
occur. However, due to the pulse length
and duty cycle of the MFAS/HFAS
signal, masking is unlikely to occur as
a result of exposure to MFAS/HFAS
during the training exercises in the
HRC.
Impaired Communication
In addition to making it more difficult
for animals to perceive acoustic cues in
their environment, anthropogenic sound
presents separate challenges for animals
that are vocalizing. When they vocalize,
animals are aware of environmental
conditions that affect the ‘‘active space’’
of their vocalizations, which is the
maximum area within which their
vocalizations can be detected before it
drops to the level of ambient noise
(Brenowitz, 2004; Brumm et al., 2004;
Lohr et al., 2003). Animals are also
aware of environmental conditions that
affect whether listeners can discriminate
and recognize their vocalizations from
other sounds, which are more important
than detecting a vocalization
(Brenowitz, 1982; Brumm et al., 2004;
Dooling, 2004; Marten and Marler, 1977;
Patricelli et al., 2006). Most animals that
vocalize have evolved with an ability to
make vocal adjustments to their
vocalizations to increase the signal-tonoise ratio, active space, and
recognizability of their vocalizations in
the face of temporary changes in
background noise (Brumm et al., 2004;
Patricelli et al., 2006). Vocalizing
animals will make one or more of the
following adjustments to their
vocalizations: Adjust the frequency
structure; Adjust the amplitude; Adjust
temporal structure; or Adjust temporal
delivery (see Biological Opinion).
Many animals will combine several of
these strategies to compensate for high
levels of background noise.
Anthropogenic sounds that reduce the
signal-to-noise ratio of animal
vocalizations, increase the masked
auditory thresholds of animals listening
for such vocalizations, or reduce the
active space of an animal’s vocalizations
impair communication between
animals. Most animals that vocalize
have evolved strategies to compensate
for the effects of short-term or temporary
increases in background or ambient
noise on their songs or calls. Although
the fitness consequences of these vocal
adjustments remain unknown, like most
other trade-offs animals must make,
some of these strategies probably come
at a cost (Patricelli et al., 2006). For
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
35526
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
example, vocalizing more loudly in
noisy environments may have energetic
costs that decrease the net benefits of
vocal adjustment and alter a bird’s
energy budget (Brumm, 2004; Wood and
Yezerinac, 2006). Shifting songs and
calls to higher frequencies may also
impose energetic costs (Lambrechts,
1996).
Stress Responses
Classic stress responses begin when
an animal’s central nervous system
perceives a potential threat to its
homeostasis. That perception triggers
stress responses regardless of whether a
stimulus actually threatens the animal;
the mere perception of a threat is
sufficient to trigger a stress response
(Moberg, 2000; Sapolsky et al., 2005;
Seyle, 1950). Once an animal’s central
nervous system perceives a threat, it
mounts a biological response or defense
that consists of a combination of the
four general biological defense
responses: behavioral responses,
autonomic nervous system responses,
neuroendocrine responses, or immune
response.
In the case of many stressors, an
animal’s first and most economical (in
terms of biotic costs) response is
behavioral avoidance of the potential
stressor or avoidance of continued
exposure to a stressor. An animal’s
second line of defense to stressors
involves the autonomic nervous system
and the classical ‘‘fight or flight’’
response which includes the
cardiovascular system, the
gastrointestinal system, the exocrine
glands, and the adrenal medulla to
produce changes in heart rate, blood
pressure, and gastrointestinal activity
that humans commonly associate with
‘‘stress.’’ These responses have a
relatively short duration and may or
may not have significant long-term
effect on an animal’s welfare.
An animal’s third line of defense to
stressors involves its neuroendocrine or
sympathetic nervous systems; the
system that has received the most study
has been the hypothalmus-pituitaryadrenal system (also known as the HPA
axis in mammals or the hypothalamuspituitary-interrenal axis in fish and
some reptiles). Unlike stress responses
associated with the autonomic nervous
system, virtually all neuro-endocrine
functions that are affected by stress—
including immune competence,
reproduction, metabolism, and
behavior—are regulated by pituitary
hormones. Stress-induced changes in
the secretion of pituitary hormones have
been implicated in failed reproduction
(Moberg, 1987; Rivier, 1995) and altered
metabolism (Elasser et al., 2000),
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
reduced immune competence (Blecha,
2000) and behavioral disturbance.
Increases in the circulation of
glucocorticosteroids (cortisol,
corticosterone, and aldosterone in
marine mammals; see Romano et al.,
2004) have been equated with stress for
many years.
The primary distinction between
stress (which is adaptive and does not
normally place an animal at risk) and
distress is the biotic cost of the
response. During a stress response, an
animal uses glycogen stores that can be
quickly replenished once the stress is
alleviated. In such circumstances, the
cost of the stress response would not
pose a risk to the animal’s welfare.
However, when an animal does not have
sufficient energy reserves to satisfy the
energetic costs of a stress response,
energy resources must be diverted from
other biotic function, which impairs
those functions that experience the
diversion. For example, when mounting
a stress response diverts energy away
from growth in young animals, those
animals may experience stunted growth.
When mounting a stress response
diverts energy from a fetus, an animal’s
reproductive success and its fitness will
suffer. In these cases, the animals will
have entered a pre-pathological or
pathological state which is called
‘‘distress’’ (sensu Seyle 1950) or
‘‘allostatic loading’’ (sensu McEwen and
Wingfield, 2003). This pathological state
will last until the animal replenishes its
biotic reserves sufficient to restore
normal function.
Relationships between these
physiological mechanisms, animal
behavior, and the costs of stress
responses have also been documented
fairly well through controlled
experiment; because this physiology
exists in every vertebrate that has been
studied, it is not surprising that stress
responses and their costs have been
documented in both laboratory and freeliving animals (for examples see,
Holberton et al., 1996; Hood et al., 1998;
Jessop et al., 2003; Krausman et al.,
2004; Lankford et al., 2005; Reneerkens
et al., 2002; Thompson and Hamer,
2000). Although no information has
been collected on the physiological
responses of marine mammals to
exposure to anthropogenic sounds,
studies of other marine animals and
terrestrial animals would lead us to
expect some marine mammals to
experience physiological stress
responses and, perhaps, physiological
responses that would be classified as
‘‘distress’’ upon exposure to midfrequency and low-frequency sounds.
For example, Jansen (1998) reported
on the relationship between acoustic
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
exposures and physiological responses
that are indicative of stress responses in
humans (for example, elevated
respiration and increased heart rates).
Jones (1998) reported on reductions in
human performance when faced with
acute, repetitive exposures to acoustic
disturbance. Trimper et al. (1998)
reported on the physiological stress
responses of osprey to low-level aircraft
noise while Krausman et al. (2004)
reported on the auditory and physiology
stress responses of endangered Sonoran
pronghorn to military overflights. Smith
et al. (2004a, 2004b) identified noiseinduced physiological transient stress
responses in hearing-specialist fish that
accompanied short- and long-term
hearing losses. Welch and Welch (1970)
reported physiological and behavioral
stress responses that accompanied
damage to the inner ears of fish and
several mammals.
Hearing is one of the primary senses
cetaceans use to gather information
about their environment and to
communicate with conspecifics.
Although empirical information on the
relationship between sensory
impairment (TTS, PTS, and acoustic
masking) on cetaceans remains limited,
it seems reasonable to assume that
reducing an animal’s ability to gather
information about its environment and
to communicate with other members of
its species would be stressful for
animals that use hearing as their
primary sensory mechanism. Therefore,
we assume that acoustic exposures
sufficient to trigger onset PTS or TTS
would be accompanied by physiological
stress responses because terrestrial
animals exhibit those responses under
similar conditions (NRC, 2003). More
importantly, marine mammals might
experience stress responses at received
levels lower than those necessary to
trigger onset TTS. Based on empirical
studies of the time required to recover
from stress responses (Moberg, 2000),
we also assume that stress responses are
likely to persist beyond the time interval
required for animals to recover from
TTS and might result in pathological
and pre-pathological states that would
be as significant as behavioral responses
to TTS.
Behavioral Disturbance
Behavioral responses to sound are
highly variable and context-specific.
Exposure of marine mammals to sound
sources can result in (but is not limited
to) the following observable responses:
Increased alertness; orientation or
attraction to a sound source; vocal
modifications; cessation of feeding;
cessation of social interaction; alteration
of movement or diving behavior; habitat
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
abandonment (temporary or permanent);
and, in severe cases, panic, flight,
stampede, or stranding, potentially
resulting in death (Southall et al., 2007).
Many different variables can
influence an animals perception of and
response to (nature and magnitude) an
acoustic event. An animals prior
experience with a sound type effects
whether it is less likely (habituation) or
more likely (sensitization) to respond to
certain sounds in the future (animals
can also be innately pre-disposed to
respond to certain sounds in certain
ways) (Southall et al., 2007). Related to
the sound itself, the perceived nearness
of the sound, bearing of the sound
(approaching vs. retreating), similarity
of a sound to biologically relevant
sounds in the animal’s environment
(i.e., calls of predators, prey, or
conspecifics), and familiarity of the
sound may effect the way an animal
responds to the sound (Southall et al.,
2007). Individuals (of different age,
gender, reproductive status, etc.) among
most populations will have variable
hearing capabilities, and differing
behavioral sensitivities to sounds that
will be affected by prior conditioning,
experience, and current activities of
those individuals. Often, specific
acoustic features of the sound and
contextual variables (i.e., proximity,
duration, or recurrence of the sound or
the current behavior that the marine
mammal is engaged in or its prior
experience), as well as entirely separate
factors such as the physical presence of
a nearby vessel, may be more relevant
to the animal’s response than the
received level alone.
There are few empirical studies of
avoidance responses of free-living
cetaceans to mid-frequency sonars.
Much more information is available on
the avoidance responses of free-living
cetaceans to other acoustic sources, like
seismic airguns and low frequency
sonar, than mid-frequency active sonar.
Richardson et al., (1995) noted that
avoidance reactions are the most
obvious manifestations of disturbance in
marine mammals.
Behavioral Responses (Southall et al.
(2007))
Southall et al., (2007) reports the
results of the efforts of a panel of experts
in acoustic research from behavioral,
physiological, and physical disciplines
that convened and reviewed the
available literature on marine mammal
hearing and physiological and
behavioral responses to man-made
sound with the goal of proposing
exposure criteria for certain effects. This
compilation of literature is very
valuable, though Southall et al. note
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:23 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
that not all data is equal, some have
poor statistical power, insufficient
controls, and/or limited information on
received levels, background noise, and
other potentially important contextual
variables—such data were reviewed and
sometimes used for qualitative
illustration, but were not included in
the quantitative analysis for the criteria
recommendations.
In the Southall et al., (2007) report, for
the purposes of analyzing responses of
marine mammals to anthropogenic
sound and developing critieria, the
authors differentiate between single
pulse sounds, multiple pulse sounds,
and non-pulse sounds. MFAS/HFAS
sonar is considered a non-pulse sound.
Southall et al., (2007) summarize the
reports associated with low and midfrequency cetacean and pinniped
responses to non-pulse sounds (there
are no high frequency cetaceans in
Hawaii) in Appendix C of their report
(incorporated by reference and
summarized in the three paragraphs
below).
The reports that address responses of
low frequency cetaceans to non-pulse
sounds include data gathered in the
field and related to several types of
sound sources (of varying similarity to
MFAS/HFAS) including: Vessel noise,
drilling and machinery playback, low
frequency M-sequences (sine wave with
multiple phase reversals) playback, low
frequency active sonar playback, drill
ships, Acoustic Thermometry of Ocean
Climate (ATOC) source, and non-pulse
playbacks. These reports generally
indicate no (or very limited) responses
to received levels in the 90 to 120 dB
re: 1 Pa range and an increasing
likelihood of avoidance and other
behavioral effects in the 120 to 160 dB
range. As mentioned earlier, though,
contextual variables play a very
important role in the reported responses
and the severity of effects are not linear
when compared to received level. Also,
though, few of the laboratory or field
datasets had common conditions,
behavioral contexts or sound sources, so
it is not surprising that responses differ.
The reports that address responses of
mid-frequency cetaceans to non-pulse
sounds include data gathered both in
the field and the laboratory and related
to several different sound sources (of
varying similarity to MFAS/HFAS)
including: Pingers, drilling playbacks,
ship and ice-breaking noise, vessel
noise, Acoustic Harassment Devices
(AHDs), Acoustic Deterrent Devices
(ADDs), MFAS, and non-pulse bands
and tones. Southall et al. were unable to
come to a clear conclusion regarding
these reports. In some cases, animals in
the field showed significant responses
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35527
to received levels between 90 and 120
dB, while in other cases these responses
were not seen in the 120 to 150 dB
range. The disparity in results was
likely due to contextual variation and
the differences between the results in
the field and laboratory data (animals
responded at lower levels in the field).
The reports that address the responses
of pinnipeds in water to non-pulse
sounds include data gathered both in
the field and the laboratory and related
to several different sound sources (of
varying similarity to MFAS/HFAS)
including: AHDs, ATOC, various nonpulse sounds used in underwater data
communication; underwater drilling,
and construction noise. Few studies
exist with enough information to
include them in the analysis. The
limited data suggested that exposures to
non-pulse sounds between 90 and 140
dB generally do not result in strong
behavioral responses in pinnipeds in
water and no data exist at higher
received levels.
In addition to summarizing the
available data, the authors of Southall et
al. (2007) developed a severity scaling
system with the intent of ultimately
being able to assign some level of
biological significance to a response.
Following is a summary of their scoring
system, a comprehensive list of the
behaviors associated with each score
may be found in the report:
• 0–3 (Minor and/or brief behaviors)
includes, but is not limited to: No
response; minor changes in speed or
locomotion (but with no avoidance);
individual alert behavior; minor
cessation in vocal behavior; minor
changes in response to trained behaviors
(in laboratory).
• 4–6 (Behaviors with higher
potential to affect foraging,
reproduction, or survival) includes, but
is not limited to: Moderate changes in
speed, direction, or dive profile; brief
shift in group distribution; prolonged
cessation or modification of vocal
behavior (duration > duration of sound),
minor or moderate individual and/or
group avoidance of sound; brief
cessation of reproductive behavior; or
refusal to initiate trained tasks (in
laboratory).
• 7–9 (Behaviors considered likely to
affect the aforementioned vital rates)
includes, but is not limited to: Extensive
of prolonged aggressive behavior;
moderate, prolonged or significant
separation of females and dependent
offspring with disruption of acoustic
reunion mechanisms; long-term
avoidance of an area; outright panic,
stampede, stranding; threatening or
attacking sound source (in laboratory).
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
35528
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
assigned to the papers that reported
behavioral responses of low-frequency
cetaceans, mid-frequency cetaceans, and
pinnipeds in water to non-pulse sounds.
Potential Effects of Behavioral
Disturbance
The different ways that marine
mammals respond to sound are
sometimes indicators of the ultimate
effect that exposure to a given stimulus
will have on the well-being (survival,
reproduction, etc.) of an animal (see
Figure 2). There is little marine mammal
data quantitatively relating the exposure
of marine mammals to sound to effects
on reproduction or survival, though data
exists for terrestrial species to which we
can draw comparisons for marine
mammals.
Attention is the cognitive process of
selectively concentrating on one aspect
of an animal’s environment while
ignoring other things (Posner, 1994).
Because animals (including humans)
have limited cognitive resources, there
is a limit to how much sensory
information they can process at any
time. The phenomenon called
‘‘attentional capture’’ occurs when a
stimulus (usually a stimulus that an
animal is not concentrating on or
attending to) ‘‘captures’’ an animal’s
attention. This shift in attention can
occur consciously or unconsciously (for
example, when an animal hears sounds
that it associates with the approach of
a predator) and the shift in attention can
be sudden (Dukas, 2002; van Rij, 2007).
Once a stimulus has captured an
animal’s attention, the animal can
respond by ignoring the stimulus,
assuming a ‘‘watch and wait’’ posture,
or treat the stimulus as a disturbance
and respond accordingly, which
includes scanning for the source of the
stimulus or ‘‘vigilance’’ (Cowlishaw et
al., 2004).
Vigilance is normally an adaptive
behavior that helps animals determine
the presence or absence of predators,
assess their distance from conspecifics,
or to attend cues from prey (Bednekoff
and Lima,1998; Treves, 2000). Despite
those benefits, however, vigilance has a
cost of time: when animals focus their
attention on specific environmental
cues, they are not attending to other
activities such a foraging. These costs
have been documented best in foraging
animals, where vigilance has been
shown to substantially reduce feeding
rates (Saino, 1994; Beauchamp and
Livoreil, 1997; Fritz et al., 2002).
Animals will spend more time being
vigilant, which may translate to less
time foraging or resting, when
disturbance stimuli approach them
more directly, remain at closer
distances, have a greater group size (for
example, multiple surface vessels), or
when they co-occur with times that an
animal perceives increased risk (for
example, when they are giving birth or
accompanied by a calf). Most of the
published literature, however, suggests
that direct approaches will increase the
amount of time animals will dedicate to
being vigilant. For example, bighorn
sheep and Dall’s sheep dedicated more
time being vigilant, and less time resting
or foraging, when aircraft made direct
approaches over them (Frid, 2001;
Stockwell et al., 1991).
Several authors have established that
long-term and intense disturbance
stimuli can cause population declines
by reducing the body condition of
individuals that have been disturbed,
followed by reduced reproductive
success, reduced survival, or both (Daan
et al., 1996; Madsen, 1994; White,
1983). For example, Madsen (1994)
reported that pink-footed geese (Anser
brachyrhynchus) in undisturbed habitat
gained body mass and had about a 46percent reproductive success compared
with geese in disturbed habitat (being
consistently scared off the fields on
which they were foraging) which did
not gain mass and has a 17 percent
reproductive success. Similar
reductions in reproductive success have
been reported for mule deer (Odocoileus
hemionus) disturbed by all-terrain
vehicles (Yarmoloy et al., 1988), caribou
disturbed by seismic exploration blasts
(Bradshaw et al., 1998), caribou
disturbed by low-elevation military jetfights (Luick et al., 1996), and caribou
disturbed by low-elevation jet flights
(Harrington and Veitch, 1992).
Similarly, a study of elk (Cervus
elaphus) that were disturbed
experimentally by pedestrians
concluded that the ratio of young to
mothers was inversely related to
disturbance rate (Phillips and
Alldredge, 2000).
The primary mechanism by which
increased vigilance and disturbance
appear to affect the fitness of individual
animals is by disrupting an animal’s
time budget and, as a result, reducing
the time they might spend foraging and
resting (which increases an animal’s
activity rate and energy demand). For
example, a study of grizzly bears (Ursus
horribilis) reported that bears disturbed
by hikers reduced their energy intake by
an average of 12 kcal/min (50.2 × 103kJ/
min), and spent energy fleeing or acting
aggressively toward hikers (White et al.
1999).
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
EP23JN08.009
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
In Table 7 we have summarized the
scores that Southall et al. (2007)
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
On a related note, many animals
perform vital functions, such as feeding,
resting, traveling, and socializing, on a
diel cycle (24-hr cycle). Substantive
behavioral reactions to noise exposure
(such as disruption of critical life
functions, displacement, or avoidance of
important habitat) are more likely to be
significant if they last more than one
diel cycle or recur on subsequent days
(Southall et al., 2007). Consequently, a
behavioral response lasting less than
one day and not recurring on
subsequent days is not considered
particularly severe unless it could
directly affect reproduction or survival
(Southall et al., 2007).
Stranding and Mortality
When a live or dead marine mammal
swims or floats onto shore and becomes
‘‘beached’’ or incapable of returning to
sea, the event is termed a ‘‘stranding’’
(Geraci et al., 1999; Perrin and Geraci,
2002; Geraci and Lounsbury, 2005;
National Marine Fisheries Service,
2007p). The legal definition for a
stranding within the United States is
that ‘‘a marine mammal is dead and is
(i) on a beach or shore of the United
States; or (ii) in waters under the
jurisdiction of the United States
(including any navigable waters); or (B)
a marine mammal is alive and is (i) on
a beach or shore of the United States
and is unable to return to the water; (ii)
on a beach or shore of the United States
and, although able to return to the
water, is in need of apparent medical
attention; or (iii) in the waters under the
jurisdiction of the United States
(including any navigable waters), but is
unable to return to its natural habitat
under its own power or without
assistance.’’ (16 U.S.C. 1421h).
Marine mammals are known to strand
for a variety of reasons, such as
infectious agents, biotoxicosis,
starvation, fishery interaction, ship
strike, unusual oceanographic or
weather events, sound exposure, or
combinations of these stressors
sustained concurrently or in series.
However, the cause or causes of most
stranding are unknown (Geraci et al.,
1976; Eaton, 1979, Odell et al., 1980;
Best, 1982). Numerous studies suggest
that the physiology, behavior, habitat
relationships, age, or condition of
cetaceans may cause them to strand or
might pre-dispose them the strand when
exposed to another phenomenon. These
suggestions are consistent with the
conclusions of numerous other studies
that have demonstrated that
combinations of dissimilar stressors
commonly combine to kill an animal or
dramatically reduce its fitness, even
though one exposure without the other
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
does not produce the same result
(Chroussos, 2000; Creel, 2005; DeVries
et al., 2003; Fair and Becker, 2000; Foley
et al., 2001; Moberg, 2000; Relyea,
2005a; 2005b, Romero, 2004; Sih et al.,
2004).
Several sources have published lists
of mass stranding events of cetaceans
during attempts to identify relationships
between those stranding events and
military sonar (Hildebrand, 2004; IWC,
2005; Taylor et al., 2004). For example,
based on a review of stranding records
between 1960 and 1995, the
International Whaling Commission
(2005) identified ten mass stranding
events of Cuvier’s beaked whales had
been reported and one mass stranding of
four Baird’s beaked whales (Berardius
bairdii). The IWC concluded that, out of
eight stranding events reported from the
mid-1980s to the summer of 2003, seven
had been associated with the use of
mid-frequency sonar, one of those seven
had been associated with the use of lowfrequency sonar, and the remaining
stranding event had been associated
with the use of seismic airguns.
Most of the stranding events reviewed
by the International Whaling
Commission involved beaked whales. A
mass stranding of Cuvier’s beaked
whales in the eastern Mediterranean Sea
occurred in 1996 (Frantzis, 1998) and
mass stranding events involving
Gervais’ beaked whales, Blainville’s
beaked whales, and Cuvier’s beaked
whales occurred off the coast of the
Canary Islands in the late 1980s
(Simmonds and Lopez-Jurado, 1991).
The stranding events that occurred in
the Canary Islands and Kyparissiakos
Gulf in the late 1990s and the Bahamas
in 2000 have been the most intensivelystudied mass stranding events and have
been associated with naval maneuvers
that were using sonar.
Between 1960 and 2006, 48 strandings
(68 percent) involved beaked whales, 3
(4 percent) involved dolphins, and 14
(20 percent) involved other whale
species. Cuvier’s beaked whales were
involved in the greatest number of these
events (48 or 68 percent), followed by
sperm whales (7 or 10 percent), and
Blainville’s and Gervais’ beaked whales
(4 each or 6 percent). Naval activities
that might have involved active sonar
are reported to have coincided with 9
(13 percent) or 10 (14 percent) of those
stranding events. Between the mid1980s and 2003 (the period reported by
the International Whaling Commission),
we identified reports of 44 mass
cetacean stranding events of which at
least 7 were coincident with naval
exercises that were using mid-frequency
sonar.
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35529
Strandings Associated With MFAS
Over the past 12 years, there have
been five stranding events coincident
with military mid-frequency sonar use
that are believed to most likely have
been caused by exposure to the sonar:
Greece (1996); the Bahamas (2000);
Madeira (2000); Canary Islands (2002);
and Spain (2006). In 2004, during the
RIMPAC exercises, between 150–200
usually pelagic melon-headed whales
occupied the shallow waters of the
Hanalei Bay, Kaua’i, Hawaii for over 28
hours. NMFS determined that the midfrequency sonar was a plausible, if not
likely, contributing factor in what may
have been a confluence of events that
led to the Hanalei Bay stranding. A
number of other stranding events
coincident with the operation of midfrequency sonar and resulting in the
death of beaked whales or other species
(Minke whales, dwarf sperm whales,
pilot whales) have been reported;
however, the majority have not been
investigated to the degree necessary to
determine the cause of the stranding.
Greece (1996)
Twelve Cuvier’s beaked whales
stranded atypically (in both time and
space) along a 38.2-kilometer strand of
the coast of the Kyparissiakos Gulf on
May 12 and 13, 1996 (Frantzis, 1998).
From May 11 through May 15, the
NATO research vessel Alliance was
conducting sonar tests with signals of
600 Hz and 3 kHz and rms SPL of 228
and 226 dB re: 1 µPa, respectively
(D’Amico and Verboom, 1998; D’Spain
et al., 2006). The timing and the location
of the testing encompassed the time and
location of the whale strandings
(Frantzis, 1998).
Necropsies of eight of the animals
were performed, but were limited to
basic external examination and
sampling of stomach contents, blood,
and skin. No ears or organs were
collected, and no histological samples
were preserved. No apparent
abnormalities or wounds were found
(Frantzis, 2004). Examination of photos
of the animals revealed that the eyes of
at least four of the individuals were
bleeding. Photos were taken soon after
their death (Frantzis, 2004). Stomach
contents contained the flesh of
cephalopods, indicating that feeding
had recently taken place (Frantzis,
1998).
All available information regarding
the conditions associated with this
stranding was compiled, and many
potential causes were examined
including major pollution events,
important tectonic activity, unusual
physical or meteorological events,
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
35530
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
magnetic anomalies, epizootics, and
conventional military activities
(International Council for the
Exploration of the Sea, 2005a).
However, none of these potential causes
coincided in time with the mass
stranding, or could explain its
characteristics (International Council for
the Exploration of the Sea, 2005a). The
robust condition of the animals, plus the
recent stomach contents, is not
consistent with pathogenic causes
(Frantzis, 2004). In addition,
environmental causes can be ruled out
as there were no unusual environmental
circumstances or events before or during
this time period (Frantzis, 2004).
It was determined that because of the
rarity of this mass stranding of Cuvier’s
beaked whales in the Kyparissiakos Gulf
(first one in history), the probability for
the two events (the military exercises
and the strandings) to coincide in time
and location, while being independent
of each other, was extremely low
(Frantzis, 1998). However, because full
necropsies had not been conducted, and
no abnormalities were noted, the cause
of the strandings could not be precisely
determined (Cox et al., 2006). The
analysis of this stranding event
provided support for, but no clear
evidence for, the cause-and-effect
relationship of sonar training activities
and beaked whale strandings (Cox et al.,
2006).
Bahamas (2000)
NMFS and the Navy prepared a joint
report addressing the multi-species
stranding in the Bahamas in 2000,
which took place within 24 hours of
U.S. Navy ships using MFAS as they
passed through the Northeast and
Northwest Providence Channels on
March 15–16, 2000. The ships, which
operated both AN/SQS–53C and AN/
SQS–56, moved through the channel
while emitting sonar pings
approximately every 24 seconds. Of the
17 cetaceans that stranded over a 36-hr
period (Cuvier’s beaked whales,
Blainville’s beaked whales, Minke
whales, and a spotted dolphin), 7
animals died on the beach (5 Cuvier’s
beaked whales, 1 Blainville’s beaked
whale, and the spotted dolphin) and the
other 10 were returned to the water
alive (though their fate is unknown).
Necropsies were performed on five
beaked whales. All five necropsied
beaked whales were in good body
condition, showing no signs of
infection, disease, ship strike, blunt
trauma, or fishery related injuries, and
three still had food remains in their
stomachs. Auditory structural damage
was discovered in four of the whales,
specifically bloody effusions or
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
hemorrhaging around the ears. Bilateral
intracochlear and unilateral temporal
region subarachnoid hemorrhage with
blood clots in the lateral ventricles were
found in two of the whales. Three of the
whales had small hemorrhages in their
acoustic fats (located along the jaw and
in the melon).
A comprehensive investigation was
conducted and all possible causes of the
stranding event were considered,
whether they seemed likely at the outset
or not. Based on the way in which the
strandings coincided with ongoing
naval activity involving tactical midfrequency sonar use, in terms of both
time and geography, the nature of the
physiological effects experienced by the
dead animals, and the absence of any
other acoustic sources, the investigation
team concluded that mid-frequency
sonars aboard U.S. Navy ships that were
in use during the sonar exercise in
question were the most plausible source
of this acoustic or impulse trauma. This
sound source was active in a complex
environment that included the presence
of a surface duct, unusual and steep
bathymetry, a constricted channel with
limited egress, intensive use of multiple,
active sonar units over an extended
period of time, and the presence of
beaked whales that appear to be
sensitive to the frequencies produced by
these sonars. The investigation team
concluded that the cause of this
stranding event was the confluence of
the Navy mid-frequency sonar and these
contributory factors working together,
and further recommended that the Navy
avoid operating mid-frequency sonar in
situations where these five factors
would be likely to occur. This report
does not conclude that all five of these
factors must be present for a stranding
to occur, nor that beaked whales are the
only species that could potentially be
affected by the confluence of the other
factors. Based on this, NMFS believes
that the presence of surface ducts, steep
bathymetry, and/or constricted channels
added to the operation of mid-frequency
sonar in the presence of cetaceans
(especially beaked whales and,
potentially, deep divers) may increase
the likelihood of producing a sound
field with the potential to cause
cetaceans to strand, and therefore,
suggests the need for increased vigilance
while operating MFAS/HFAS.
Madeira, Spain (2000)
From May 10–14, 2000, three Cuvier’s
beaked whales were found atypically
stranded on two islands in the Madeira
archipelago, Portugal (Cox et al., 2006).
A fourth animal was reported floating in
the Madeiran waters by fisherman, but
did not come ashore (Woods Hole
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Oceanographic Institution, 2005). Joint
NATO amphibious training
peacekeeping exercises involving
participants from 17 countries and 80
warships took place in Portugal during
May 2–15, 2000.
The bodies of the three stranded
whales were examined post mortem
(Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution,
2005), though only one of the stranded
whales was fresh enough (24 hours after
stranding) to be necropsied (Cox et al.,
2006). Results from the necropsy
revealed evidence of hemorrhage and
congestion in the right lung and both
kidneys (Cox et al., 2006). There was
also evidence of intercochlear and
intracranial hemorrhage similar to that
which was observed in the whales that
stranded in the Bahamas event (Cox et
al., 2006). There were no signs of blunt
trauma, and no major fractures (Woods
Hole Oceanographic Institution, 2005).
The cranial sinuses and airways were
found to be quite clear with little or no
fluid deposition, which may indicate
good preservation of tissues (Woods
Hole Oceanographic Institution, 2005).
Several observations on the Madeira
stranded beaked whales, such as the
pattern of injury to the auditory system,
are the same as those observed in the
Bahamas strandings. Blood in and
around the eyes, kidney lesions, pleural
hemorrhages, and congestion in the
lungs are particularly consistent with
the pathologies from the whales
stranded in the Bahamas, and are
consistent with stress and pressure
related trauma. The similarities in
pathology and stranding patterns
between these two events suggest that a
similar pressure event may have
precipitated or contributed to the
strandings at both sites (Woods Hole
Oceanographic Institution, 2005).
Even though no definitive causal link
can be made between the stranding
event and naval exercises, certain
conditions may have existed in the
exercise area that, in their aggregate,
may have contributed to the marine
mammal strandings (Freitas, 2004):
Exercises were conducted in areas of at
least 547 fathoms (1000 m) depth near
a shoreline where there is a rapid
change in bathymetry on the order of
547 to 3,281 fathoms (1000–6000 m)
occurring across a relatively short
horizontal distance (Freitas, 2004);
multiple ships were operating around
Madeira, though it is not known if MFA
sonar was used, and the specifics of the
sound sources used are unknown (Cox
et al., 2006, Freitas, 2004); exercises
took place in an area surrounded by
landmasses separated by less than 35
nm (65 km) and at least 10 nm (19 km)
in length, or in an embayment. Exercises
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
involving multiple ships employing
MFA near land may produce sound
directed towards a channel or
embayment that may cut off the lines of
egress for marine mammals (Freitas,
2004).
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
Canary Islands, Spain (2002)
The southeastern area within the
Canary Islands is well known for
aggregations of beaked whales due to its
ocean depths of greater than 547
fathoms (1000 m) within a few hundred
meters of the coastline (Fernandez et al.,
2005). On September 24, 2002, 14
beaked whales were found stranded on
Fuerteventura and Lanzarote Islands in
the Canary Islands (International
Council for Exploration of the Sea,
2005a). Seven whales died, while the
remaining seven live whales were
returned to deeper waters (Fernandez et
al., 2005). Four beaked whales were
found stranded dead over the next 3
days either on the coast or floating
offshore. These strandings occurred
within near proximity of an
international naval exercise that utilized
MFAS and involved numerous surface
warships and several submarines.
Strandings began about 4 hours after the
onset of MFA sonar activity
(International Council for Exploration of
the Sea, 2005a; Fernandez et al., 2005).
Eight Cuvier’s beaked whales, one
Blainville’s beaked whale, and one
Gervais’ beaked whale were necropsied,
six of them within 12 hours of stranding
(Fernandez et al., 2005). No pathogenic
bacteria were isolated from the carcasses
(Jepson et al., 2003). The animals
displayed severe vascular congestion
and hemorrhage especially around the
tissues in the jaw, ears, brain, and
kidneys, displaying marked
disseminated microvascular
hemorrhages associated with
widespread fat emboli (Jepson et al.,
2003; International Council for
Exploration of the Sea, 2005a). Several
organs contained intravascular bubbles,
although definitive evidence of gas
embolism in vivo is difficult to
determine after death (Jepson et al.,
2003). The livers of the necropsied
animals were the most consistently
affected organ, which contained
macroscopic gas-filled cavities and had
variable degrees of fibrotic
encapsulation. In some animals,
cavitary lesions had extensively
replaced the normal tissue (Jepson et al.,
2003). Stomachs contained a large
amount of fresh and undigested
contents, suggesting a rapid onset of
disease and death (Fernandez et al.,
2005). Head and neck lymph nodes
were enlarged and congested, and
VerDate Aug<31>2005
19:10 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
parasites were found in the kidneys of
all animals (Fernandez et al., 2005).
The association of NATO MFA sonar
use close in space and time to the
beaked whale strandings, and the
similarity between this stranding event
and previous beaked whale mass
strandings coincident with sonar use,
suggests that a similar scenario and
causative mechanism of stranding may
be shared between the events. Beaked
whales stranded in this event
demonstrated brain and auditory system
injuries, hemorrhages, and congestion in
multiple organs, similar to the
pathological findings of the Bahamas
and Madeira stranding events. In
addition, the necropsy results of the
Canary Islands stranding event lead to
the hypothesis that the presence of
disseminated and widespread gas
bubbles and fat emboli were indicative
of nitrogen bubble formation, similar to
what might be expected in
decompression sickness (Jepson et al.,
2003; Fernandez et al., 2005).
Spain (2006)
The Spanish Cetacean Society
reported an atypical mass stranding of
four beaked whales that occurred
January 26, 2006, on the southeast coast
of Spain, near Mojacar (Gulf of Vera) in
the Western Mediterranean Sea.
According to the report, two of the
whales were discovered the evening of
January 26 and were found to be still
alive. Two other whales were
discovered during the day on January
27, but had already died. The fourth
animal was found dead on the afternoon
of May 27, a few kilometers north of the
first three animals. From January 25–26,
2006, Standing North Atlantic Treaty
Organization (NATO) Response Force
Maritime Group Two (five of seven
ships including one U.S. ship under
NATO Operational Control) had
conducted active sonar training against
a Spanish submarine within 50 nm (93
km) of the stranding site.
Veterinary pathologists necropsied
the two male and two female Cuvier’s
beaked whales. According to the
pathologists, the most likely primary
cause of this type of beaked whale mass
stranding event was anthropogenic
acoustic activities, most probably antisubmarine MFAS used during the
military naval exercises. However, no
positive acoustic link was established as
a direct cause of the stranding. Even
though no causal link can be made
between the stranding event and naval
exercises, certain conditions may have
existed in the exercise area that, in their
aggregate, may have contributed to the
marine mammal strandings (Freitas,
2004): Exercises were conducted in
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35531
areas of at least 547 fathoms (1000 m)
depth near a shoreline where there is a
rapid change in bathymetry on the order
of 547 to 3,281 fathoms (1000–6000 m)
occurring across a relatively short
horizontal distance (Freitas, 2004);
Multiple ships (in this instance, five)
were operating MFAS in the same area
over extended periods of time (in this
case, 20 hours) in close proximity;
Exercises took place in an area
surrounded by landmasses, or in an
embayment. Exercises involving
multiple ships employing MFA sonar
near land may have produced sound
directed towards a channel or
embayment that may have cut off the
lines of egress for the affected marine
mammals (Freitas, 2004).
Hanalei Bay (2004)
On July 3–4, 2004, approximately
150–200 melon-headed whales
occupied the shallow waters of the
Hanalei Bay, Kaua’i, Hawaii for over 28
hours. Attendees of a canoe blessing
observed the animals entering the Bay
in a single wave formation at 7 a.m. on
July 3, 2004. The animals were observed
moving back into the shore from the
mouth of the Bay at 9 a.m. The usually
pelagic animals milled in the shallow
bay and were returned to deeper water
with human assistance beginning at 9:30
a.m. on July 4, 2004, and were out of
sight by 10:30 a.m.
Only one animal, a calf, was known
to have died following this event. The
animal was noted alive and alone in the
Bay on the afternoon of July 4, 2004 and
was found dead in the Bay the morning
of July 5, 2004. A full necropsy,
magnetic resonance imaging, and
computerized tomography examination
were performed on the calf to determine
the manner and cause of death. The
combination of imaging, necropsy and
histological analyses found no evidence
of infectious, internal traumatic,
congenital, or toxic factors. Although
cause of death could not be definitively
determined, it is likely that maternal
separation, poor nutritional condition,
and dehydration contributed to the final
demise of the animal. Although we do
not know when the calf was separated
from its mother, the movement into the
Bay, the milling and re-grouping may
have contributed to the separation or
lack of nursing especially if the
maternal bond was weak or this was a
primiparous calf.
Environmental factors, abiotic and
biotic, were analyzed for any anomalous
occurrences that would have
contributed to the animals entering and
remaining in Hanalei Bay. The Bay’s
bathymetry is similar to many other
sites within the Hawaiian Island chain
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
35532
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
and dissimilar to sites that have been
associated with mass strandings in other
parts of the United States. The weather
conditions appeared to be normal for
that time of year with no fronts or other
significant features noted. There was no
evidence of unusual distribution or
occurrence of predator or prey species,
or unusual harmful algal blooms.
Weather patterns and bathymetry that
have been associated with mass
strandings elsewhere were not found to
occur in this instance.
A separate event involving melonheaded whales and rough-toothed
dolphins took place over the same
period of time in the Northern Mariana
Islands (Jefferson et al., 2006), which is
several thousand miles from Hawaii.
Some 500–700 melon-headed whales
came into Sasanhaya Bay on 4 July 2004
on the island of Rota and then left of
their own accord after 5.5 hours; no
known active sonar transmissions
occurred in the vicinity of that event.
Global reports of these types of events
or sightings are of great interest to the
scientific community and continuing
efforts to enhance reporting in island
nations will contribute to our increased
understanding of animal behavior and
potential causes of stranding events.
Exactly what, if any, relationship this
event has to the simultaneous events in
Hawai’i and whether they might be
related to some common factor (e.g.,
there was a full moon on July 2, 2004)
is and will likely remain unknown.
However, these two synchronous,
nearshore events involving a rarelysighted species are curious and may
point to the range of potential
contributing factors for which we lack
detailed understanding and which the
authors acknowledged might have
played some role in the ‘‘confluence of
events’’ in Hanalei Bay.
The Hanalei event was spatially and
temporally correlated with RIMPAC.
Official sonar training and tracking
exercises in the Pacific Missile Range
Facility (PMRF) warning area did not
commence until approximately 8 a.m.
on July 3 and were thus ruled out as a
possible trigger for the initial movement
into the Bay.
However, six naval surface vessels
transiting to the operational area on July
2 intermittently transmitted active sonar
(for approximately 9 hours total from
1:15 p.m. to 12:30 a.m.) as they
approached from the south. The
potential for these transmissions to have
triggered the whales’ movement into
Hanalei Bay was investigated. Analyses
with the information available indicated
that animals to the south and east of
Kaua’i could have detected active sonar
transmissions on July 2, and reached
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
Hanalei Bay on or before 7 a.m. on July
3, 2004. However, data limitations
regarding the position of the whales
prior to their arrival in the Bay, the
magnitude of sonar exposure, behavioral
responses of melon-headed whales to
acoustic stimuli, and other possible
relevant factors preclude a conclusive
finding regarding the role of sonar in
triggering this event. Propagation
modeling suggest that transmissions
from sonar use during the July 3
exercise in the PMRF warning area may
have been detectable at the mouth of the
Bay. If the animals responded negatively
to these signals, it may have contributed
to their continued presence in the Bay.
The U.S. Navy ceased all active sonar
transmissions during exercises in this
range on the afternoon of July 3, 2004.
Subsequent to the cessation of sonar
use, the animals were herded out of the
Bay.
While causation of this stranding
event may never be unequivocally
determined, we consider the active
sonar transmissions of July 2–3, 2004, a
plausible, if not likely, contributing
factor in what may have been a
confluence of events. This conclusion is
based on: (1) The evidently anomalous
nature of the stranding; (2) its close
spatiotemporal correlation with widescale, sustained use of sonar systems
previously associated with stranding of
deep-diving marine mammals; (3) the
directed movement of two groups of
transmitting vessels toward the
southeast and southwest coast of Kauai;
(4) the results of acoustic propagation
modeling and an analysis of possible
animal transit times to the Bay; and (5)
the absence of any other compelling
causative explanation. The initiation
and persistence of this event may have
resulted from an interaction of
biological and physical factors. The
biological factors may have included the
presence of an apparently uncommon,
deep-diving cetacean species (and
possibly an offshore, non-resident
group), social interactions among the
animals before or after they entered the
Bay, and/or unknown predator or prey
conditions. The physical factors may
have included the presence of nearby
deep water, multiple vessels transiting
in a directed manner while transmitting
active sonar over a sustained period, the
presence of surface sound ducting
conditions, and/or intermittent and
random human interactions while the
animals were in the Bay.
Association Between Mass Stranding
Events and Exposure to MFAS
Several authors have noted
similarities between some of these
stranding incidents: they occurred in
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
islands or archipelagoes with deep
water nearby, several appeared to have
been associated with acoustic
waveguides like surface ducting, and
the sound fields created by ships
transmitting mid-frequency sonar (Cox
et al., 2006, D’Spain et al., 2006).
Although Cuvier’s beaked whales have
been the most common species involved
in these stranding events (81 percent of
the total number of stranded animals
and see Figure 3), other beaked whales
(including Mesoplodon europeaus, M.
densirostris, and Hyperoodon
ampullatus) comprise 14 percent of the
total. Other species (Stenella
coeruleoalba, Kogia breviceps and
Balaenoptera acutorostrata) have
stranded, but in much lower numbers
and less consistently than beaked
whales.
Based on the evidence available,
however, we cannot determine whether
(a) Cuvier’s beaked whale is more prone
to injury from high-intensity sound than
other species, (b) their behavioral
responses to sound makes them more
likely to strand, or (c) they are more
likely to be exposed to mid-frequency
active sonar than other cetaceans (for
reasons that remain unknown). Because
the association between active sonar
exposures and marine mammals mass
stranding events is not consistent—
some marine mammals strand without
being exposed to sonar and some sonar
transmissions are not associated with
marine mammal stranding events
despite their co-occurrence—other risk
factors or a groupings of risk factors
probably contribute to these stranding
events.
Behaviorally Mediated Responses to
MFAS/HFAS That May Lead to
Stranding
Although the confluence of Navy midfrequency active tactical sonar with the
other contributory factors noted in the
report was identified as the cause of the
2000 Bahamas stranding event, the
specific mechanisms that led to that
stranding (or the others) are not
understood, and there is uncertainty
regarding the ordering of effects that led
to the stranding. It is unclear whether
beaked whales were directly injured by
sound (acoustically mediated bubble
growth, addressed above) prior to
stranding or whether a behavioral
response to sound occurred that
ultimately caused the beaked whales be
injured and strand.
Although causal relationships
between beaked whale stranding events
and active sonar remain unknown,
several authors have hypothesized that
stranding events involving these species
in the Bahamas and Canary Islands may
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
have been triggered when the whales
changed their dive behavior in a startled
response to exposure to active sonar or
to further avoid exposure (Cox et al.,
2006, Rommel et al., 2006). These
authors proposed two mechanisms by
which the behavioral responses of
beaked whales upon being exposed to
active sonar might result in a stranding
event. These include: gas bubble
formation caused by excessively fast
surfacing; remaining at the surface too
long when tissues are supersaturated
with nitrogen; or diving prematurely
when extended time at the surface is
necessary to eliminate excess nitrogen.
More specifically, beaked whales that
occur in deep waters that are in close
proximity to shallow waters (for
example, the ‘‘canyon areas’’ that are
cited in the Bahamas stranding event;
see D’Spain and D’Amico, 2006), may
respond to active sonar by swimming
into shallow waters to avoid further
exposures and strand if they were not
able to swim back to deeper waters.
Second, beaked whales exposed to
active sonar might alter their dive
behavior. Changes in their dive behavior
might cause them to remain at the
surface or at depth for extended periods
of time which could lead to hypoxia
directly by increasing their oxygen
demands or indirectly by increasing
their energy expenditures (to remain at
depth) and increase their oxygen
demands as a result. If beaked whales
are at depth when they detect a ping
from an active sonar transmission and
change their dive profile, this could lead
to the formation of significant gas
bubbles, which could damage multiple
organs or interfere with normal
physiological function (Cox et al., 2006;
Rommel et al., 2006; Zimmer and
Tyack, 2007). Baird et al. (2005) found
that slow ascent rates from deep dives
and long periods of time spent within
50 m of the surface were typical for both
Cuvier’s and Blainville’s beaked whales,
the two species involved in mass
strandings related to naval sonar. These
two behavioral mechanisms may be
necessary to purge excessive dissolved
nitrogen concentrated in their tissues
during their frequent long dives (Baird
et al., 2005). Baird et al. (2005) further
suggests that abnormally rapid ascents
or premature dives in response to highintensity sonar could indirectly result in
physical harm to the beaked whales,
through the mechanisms described
above (gas bubble formation or nonelimination of excess nitrogen).
Because many species of marine
mammals make repetitive and
prolonged dives to great depths, it has
long been assumed that marine
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
mammals have evolved physiological
mechanisms to protect against the
effects of rapid and repeated
decompressions. Although several
investigators have identified
physiological adaptations that may
protect marine mammals against
nitrogen gas supersaturation (alveolar
collapse and elective circulation;
Kooyman et al., 1972; Ridgway and
Howard, 1979), Ridgway and Howard
(1979) reported that bottlenose dolphins
(Tursiops truncatus) that were trained to
dive repeatedly had muscle tissues that
were substantially supersaturated with
nitrogen gas. Houser et al. (2001) used
these data to model the accumulation of
nitrogen gas within the muscle tissue of
other marine mammal species and
concluded that cetaceans that dive deep
and have slow ascent or descent speeds
would have tissues that are more
supersaturated with nitrogen gas than
other marine mammals. Based on these
data, Cox et al. (2006) hypothesized that
a critical dive sequence might make
beaked whales more prone to stranding
in response to acoustic exposures. The
sequence began with (1) very deep (to
depths as deep as 2 kilometers) and long
(as long as 90 minutes) foraging dives
with (2) relatively slow, controlled
ascents, followed by (3) a series of
‘‘bounce’’ dives between 100 and 400
meters in depth (also see Zimmer and
Tyack, 2007). They concluded that
acoustic exposures that disrupted any
part of this dive sequence (for example,
causing beaked whales to spend more
time at surface without the bounce dives
that are necessary to recover from the
deep dive) could produce excessive
levels of nitrogen supersaturation in
their tissues, leading to gas bubble and
emboli formation that produces
pathologies similar to decompression
sickness.
Recently, Zimmer and Tyack (2007)
modeled nitrogen tension and bubble
growth in several tissue compartments
for several hypothetical dive profiles
and concluded that repetitive shallow
dives (defined as a dive where depth
does not exceed the depth of alveolar
collapse, approximately 72 m for
Ziphius), perhaps as a consequence of
an extended avoidance reaction to sonar
sound, could pose a risk for
decompression sickness and that this
risk should increase with the duration
of the response. Their models also
suggested that unrealistically rapid
ascent rates of ascent from normal dive
behaviors are unlikely to result in
supersaturation to the extent that bubble
formation would be expected. Tyack et
al. (2006) suggested that emboli
observed in animals exposed to mid-
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35533
frequency range sonar (Jepson et al.,
2003; Fernandez et al., 2005) could stem
from a behavioral response that involves
repeated dives shallower than the depth
of lung collapse. Given that nitrogen gas
accumulation is a passive process (i.e.
nitrogen is metabolically inert), a
bottlenose dolphin was trained to
repetitively dive a profile predicted to
elevate nitrogen saturation to the point
that nitrogen bubble formation was
predicted to occur. However, inspection
of the vascular system of the dolphin via
ultrasound did not demonstrate the
formation of asymptomatic nitrogen gas
bubbles (Houser et al., 2007).
If marine mammals respond to a Navy
vessel that is transmitting active sonar
in the same way that they might
respond to a predator, their probability
of flight responses should increase
when they perceive that Navy vessels
are approaching them directly, because
a direct approach may convey detection
and intent to capture (Burger and
Gochfeld, 1981, 1990; Cooper, 1997,
1998). The probability of flight
responses should also increase as
received levels of active sonar increase
(and the ship is, therefore, closer) and
as ship speeds increase (that is, as
approach speeds increase). For example,
the probability of flight responses in
Dall’s sheep (Ovis dalli dalli) (Frid
2001a, b), ringed seals (Phoca hispida)
(Born et al., 1999), Pacific brant (Branta
bernic nigricans) and Canada geese (B.
Canadensis) increased as a helicopter or
fixed-wing aircraft approached groups
of these animals more directly (Ward et
al., 1999). Bald eagles (Haliaeetus
leucocephalus) perched on trees
alongside a river were also more likely
to flee from a paddle raft when their
perches were closer to the river or were
closer to the ground (Steidl and
Anthony, 1996).
Despite the many theories involving
bubble formation (both as a direct cause
of injury (see Acoustically Mediated
Bubble Growth Section) and an indirect
cause of stranding (See Behaviorally
Mediated Bubble Growth Section),
Southall et al., (2007) summarizes that
scientific agreement or complete lack of
information exists regarding the
following important points: (1) Received
acoustical exposure conditions for
animals involved in stranding events;
(2) pathological interpretation of
observed lesions in stranded marine
mammals; (3) acoustic exposure
conditions required to induce such
physical trauma directly; (4) whether
noise exposure may cause behavioral
reactions (such as atypical diving
behavior) that secondarily cause bubble
formation and tissue damage; and (5)
the extent the post mortem artifacts
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
35534
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
introduced by decomposition before
sampling, handling, freezing, or
necropsy procedures affect
interpretation of observed lesions.
During the HRC training exercises
there will be use of multiple sonar units
in an area where three species of beaked
whale species may be present. A surface
duct may be present in a limited area for
a limited period of time. Although most
of the ASW training events will take
place in the deep ocean, some will
occur in areas of high bathymetric relief.
However, none of the training events
will take place in a location having a
constricted channel with limited egress
similar to the Bahamas (because none
exist in the HRC). Consequently, not all
five of the environmental factors
believed to contribute to the Bahamas
stranding (mid-frequency sonar, beaked
whale presence, surface ducts, steep
bathymetry, and constricted channels
with limited egress) will be present
during HRC ASW exercises. However,
as mentioned previously, NMFS
recommends caution when steep
bathymetry, surface ducting conditions,
or a constricted channel is present in
addition to the operation of midfrequency tactical sonar and the
presence of cetaceans (especially beaked
whales).
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
Exposure Underwater Detonation of
Explosives
Some of the Navy’s training exercises
include the underwater detonation of
explosives. For many of the exercises
discussed, inert ordnance is used for a
subset of the exercises. For exercises
that involve ‘‘shooting’’ at a target that
is above the surface of the water,
underwater explosions only occur when
the target is missed, which is the
minority of the time (the Navy has
historical hit/miss ratios and uses them
in their exposure estimates). The
underwater explosion from a weapon
would send a shock wave and blast
noise through the water, release gaseous
by-products, create an oscillating
bubble, and cause a plume of water to
shoot up from the water surface. The
shock wave and blast noise are of most
concern to marine animals. Depending
on the intensity of the shock wave and
size, location, and depth of the animal,
an animal can be injured, killed, suffer
non-lethal physical effects, experience
hearing related effects with or without
behavioral responses, or exhibit
temporary behavioral responses or
tolerance from hearing the blast sound.
Generally, exposures to higher levels of
impulse and pressure levels would
result in worse impacts to an individual
animal.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
Injuries resulting from a shock wave
take place at boundaries between tissues
of different density. Different velocities
are imparted to tissues of different
densities, and this can lead to their
physical disruption. Blast effects are
greatest at the gas-liquid interface
(Landsberg, 2000). Gas-containing
organs, particularly the lungs and
gastrointestinal tract, are especially
susceptible (Goertner, 1982; Hill, 1978;
Yelverton et al., 1973). In addition, gascontaining organs including the nasal
sacs, larynx, pharynx, trachea, and
lungs may be damaged by compression/
expansion caused by the oscillations of
the blast gas bubble (Reidenberg and
Laitman, 2003). Intestinal walls can
bruise or rupture, with subsequent
hemorrhage and escape of gut contents
into the body cavity. Less severe
gastrointestinal tract injuries include
contusions, petechiae (small red or
purple spots caused by bleeding in the
skin), and slight hemorrhaging
(Yelverton et al., 1973).
Because the ears are the most
sensitive to pressure, they are the organs
most sensitive to injury (Ketten, 2000).
Sound-related damage associated with
blast noise can be theoretically distinct
from injury from the shock wave,
particularly farther from the explosion.
If an animal is able to hear a noise, at
some level it can damage its hearing by
causing decreased sensitivity (Ketten,
1995) (See Noise-induced Threshold
Shift Section above). Sound-related
trauma can be lethal or sublethal. Lethal
impacts are those that result in
immediate death or serious debilitation
in or near an intense source and are not,
technically, pure acoustic trauma
(Ketten, 1995). Sublethal impacts
include hearing loss, which is caused by
exposures to perceptible sounds. Severe
damage (from the shock wave) to the
ears includes tympanic membrane
rupture, fracture of the ossicles, damage
to the cochlea, hemorrhage, and
cerebrospinal fluid leakage into the
middle ear. Moderate injury implies
partial hearing loss due to tympanic
membrane rupture and blood in the
middle ear. Permanent hearing loss also
can occur when the hair cells are
damaged by one very loud event, as well
as by prolonged exposure to a loud
noise or chronic exposure to noise. The
level of impact from blasts depends on
both an animal’s location and, at outer
zones, on its sensitivity to the residual
noise (Ketten, 1995).
There have been fewer studies
addressing the behavioral effects of
explosives on marine mammals than
MFAS/HFAS. However, though the
nature of the sound waves emitted from
an explosion is different (in shape and
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
rise time) from MFAS/HFAS, we still
anticipate the same sorts of behavioral
responses (see Exposure to MFAS/
HFAS:Behavioral Disturbance Section)
to result from repeated explosive
detonations (a smaller range of likely
less severe responses would be expected
to occur as a result of exposure to a
single explosive detonation).
Mitigation
In order to issue an incidental take
authorization (ITA) under Section
101(a)(5)(A) of the MMPA, NMFS must
set forth the ‘‘permissible methods of
taking pursuant to such activity, and
other means of effecting the least
practicable adverse impact on such
species or stock and its habitat, paying
particular attention to rookeries, mating
grounds, and areas of similar
significance.’’ The National Defense
Authorization Act (NDAA) of 2004
amended the MMPA as it relates to
military-readiness activities and the
incidental take authorization process
such that ‘‘least practicable adverse
impact’’ shall include consideration of
personnel safety, practicality of
implementation, and impact on the
effectiveness of the ‘‘military readiness
activity’’. The training activities
described in the HRC LOA application
are considered military readiness
activities.
NMFS reviewed the proposed HRC
activities and the proposed HRC
mitigation measures (which the Navy
refers to as Protective Measures)
presented in the Navy’s application to
determine whether the activities and
mitigation measures were capable of
achieving the least practicable adverse
effect on marine mammals. NMFS
determined that further discussion was
necessary regarding: (1) Humpback
whales congregating in the winter in the
shallow areas of the HRC in high
densities to calve and breed; and (2) the
potential relationship between the
operation of MFAS/HFAS and marine
mammal strandings. NMFS worked with
the Navy to identify additional
practicable and effective mitigation
measures, which included a careful
balancing of the likely benefit of any
particular measure to the marine
mammals with the likely effect of that
measure on personnel safety,
practicality of implementation, and
impact on the ‘‘military-readiness
activity’’.
NMFS and the Navy developed two
additional mitigation measures that
address the concerns mentioned above,
including a humpback whale cautionary
area and a Stranding Response Plan.
Included below are the mitigation
measures the Navy initially proposed
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
(see ‘‘Mitigation Measures Proposed in
the Navy’s LOA Application’’) and the
additional measures that NMFS and the
Navy developed (see ‘‘Additional
Measures Developed by NMFS and the
Navy’’ below).
Separately, NMFS has previously
received comments from the public
expressing concerns regarding potential
delays between when marine mammals
are visually detected by watchstanders
and when the sonar is actually powered
or shut down. NMFS and the Navy have
discussed this issue and determined the
following: Naval operators and lookouts
are aware of the potential for a very
small delay (up to about 4 seconds)
between detecting a marine mammal
and powering down or shutting down
sonar and will take the actions
necessary to ensure that sonar is
powered down or shut down when
detected animals are within the
specified distance (for example, by
initiating shut-down when animals are
approaching, but not quite within the
designated distance).
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
Mitigation Measures Proposed in the
Navy’s LOA Application
This section includes the protective
measures proposed by the Navy and is
taken directly from their application
(with the exception of headings, which
have been modified for increased clarity
within the context of this proposed
rule).
Navy’s Protective Measures for MFAS/
HFAS
Current protective measures
employed by the Navy include
applicable training of personnel and
implementation of activity specific
procedures resulting in minimization
and/or avoidance of interactions with
protected resources.
Navy shipboard lookout(s) are highly
qualified and experienced observers of
the marine environment. Their duties
require that they report all objects
sighted in the water to the Officer of the
Deck (e.g., trash, a periscope, a marine
mammal) and all disturbances (e.g.,
surface disturbance, discoloration) that
may be indicative of a threat to the
vessel and its crew. There are personnel
serving as lookouts on station at all
times (day and night) when a ship or
surfaced submarine is moving through
the water.
Navy lookouts undergo extensive
training in order to qualify as a
watchstander. This training includes onthe-job instruction under the
supervision of an experienced
watchstander, followed by completion
of the Personal Qualification Standard
program, certifying that they have
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
demonstrated the necessary skills (such
as detection and reporting of partially
submerged objects and night
observation techniques). In addition to
these requirements, many Fleet lookouts
periodically undergo a 2-day refresher
training course.
The Navy includes marine species
awareness as part of its training for its
bridge lookout personnel on ships and
submarines. Marine Species Awareness
Training (MSAT) was updated in 2005,
and the additional training materials are
now included as required training for
Navy lookouts. This training addresses
the lookout’s role in environmental
protection, laws governing the
protection of marine species, Navy
stewardship commitments, and general
observation information to aid in
avoiding interactions with marine
species. Marine species awareness and
training is reemphasized by the
following means:
• Bridge personnel on ships and
submarines—Personnel utilize marine
species awareness training techniques
as standard operating procedure, they
have available a marine species visual
identification aid when marine
mammals are sighted, and they receive
updates to the current marine species
awareness training as appropriate.
• Aviation units—Pilots and air crew
personnel whose airborne duties during
Anti-Submarine Warfare (ASW) training
activities include searching for
submarine periscopes would be trained
in marine mammal spotting. These
personnel would also be trained on the
details of the mitigation measures
specific to both their platform and that
of the surface combatants with which
they are associated.
• Sonar personnel on ships,
submarines, and ASW aircraft—Both
passive and active sonar operators on
ships, submarines, and aircraft utilize
protective measures relative to their
platform. The Navy issues a Letter of
Instruction for each Major Exercise
which mandates specific actions to be
taken if a marine mammal is detected,
and these actions are standard operating
procedure throughout the exercise.
Implementation of these protective
measures is required of all units. The
activities undertaken on a Navy vessel
or aircraft are highly controlled. The
chain of command supervises these
activities. Failure to follow orders can
result in disciplinary action.
Personnel Training
(a) All lookouts onboard platforms
involved in ASW training events will
review the NMFS-approved Marine
Species Awareness Training (MSAT)
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35535
material prior to use of midfrequency
active sonar.
(b) All Commanding Officers,
Executive Officers, and officers standing
watch on the Bridge will have reviewed
the MSAT material prior to a training
event employing the use of midfrequency active sonar.
(c) Navy lookouts will undertake
extensive training in order to qualify as
a watchstander in accordance with the
Lookout Training Handbook
(NAVEDTRA, 12968–D).
(d) Lookout training will include onthe-job instruction under the
supervision of a qualified, experienced
watchstander. Following successful
completion of this supervised training
period, Lookouts will complete the
Personal Qualification Standard
program, certifying that they have
demonstrated the necessary skills (such
as detection and reporting of partially
submerged objects). This does not forbid
personnel being trained as lookouts
from being counted as those listed in
previous measures so long as
supervisors monitor their progress and
performance.
(e) Lookouts will be trained in the
most effective means to ensure quick
and effective communication within the
command structure in order to facilitate
implementation of mitigation measures
if marine species are spotted.
Lookout and Watchstander
Responsibilities
(a) On the bridge of surface ships,
there will always be at least three
people on watch whose duties include
observing the water surface around the
vessel.
(b) All surface ships participating in
ASW exercises will, in addition to the
three personnel on watch noted
previously, have at all times during the
exercise at least two additional
personnel on watch as lookouts.
(c) Personnel on lookout and officers
on watch on the bridge will have at least
one set of binoculars available for each
person to aid in the detection of marine
mammals.
(d) On surface vessels equipped with
mid-frequency active sonar, pedestal
mounted ‘‘Big Eye’’ (20x110) binoculars
will be present and in good working
order to assist in the detection of marine
mammals in the vicinity of the vessel.
(e) Personnel on lookout will employ
visual search procedures employing a
scanning methodology in accordance
with the Lookout Training Handbook
(NAVEDTRA 12968–B).
(f) After sunset and prior to sunrise,
lookouts will employ Night Lookouts
Techniques in accordance with the
Lookout Training Handbook.
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
35536
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
(g) Personnel on lookout will be
responsible for reporting all objects or
anomalies sighted in the water
(regardless of the distance from the
vessel) to the Officer of the Deck, since
any object or disturbance (e.g., trash,
periscope, surface disturbance,
discoloration) in the water may be
indicative of a threat to the vessel and
its crew or indicative of a marine
species that may need to be avoided as
warranted.
Operating Procedures
(a) A Letter of Instruction, Mitigation
Measures Message or Environmental
Annex to the Operational Order will be
issued prior to the exercise to further
disseminate the personnel training
requirement and general marine
mammal mitigation measures.
(b) Commanding Officers will make
use of marine species detection cues
and information to limit interaction
with marine species to the maximum
extent possible consistent with safety of
the ship.
(c) All personnel engaged in passive
acoustic sonar operation (including
aircraft, surface ships, or submarines)
will monitor for marine mammal
vocalizations and report the detection of
any marine mammal to the appropriate
watch station for dissemination and
appropriate action.
(d) During mid-frequency active sonar
training activities, personnel will utilize
all available sensor and optical systems
(such as Night Vision Goggles) to aid in
the detection of marine mammals.
(e) Navy aircraft participating in
exercises at sea will conduct and
maintain, when operationally feasible
and safe, surveillance for marine species
of concern as long as it does not violate
safety constraints or interfere with the
accomplishment of primary operational
duties.
(f) Aircraft with deployed sonobuoys
will use only the passive capability of
sonobuoys when marine mammals are
detected within 200 yards of the
sonobuoy.
(g) Marine mammal detections will be
immediately reported to assigned
Aircraft Control Unit for further
dissemination to ships in the vicinity of
the marine species as appropriate where
it is reasonable to conclude that the
course of the ship will likely result in
a closing of the distance to the detected
marine mammal.
(h) Safety Zones—When marine
mammals are detected by any means
(aircraft, shipboard lookout, or
acoustically) the Navy will ensure that
MFAS transmission levels are limited to
at least 6 dB below normal operating
levels if any detected marine mammals
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
are within 1,000 yards (914 m) of the
sonar dome (the bow).
(i) Ships and submarines will
continue to limit maximum MFAS
transmission levels by this 6-dB factor
until the marine mammal has been seen
to leave the area, has not been detected
for 30 minutes, or the vessel has
transited more than 2,000 yards (1828
m) beyond the location of the last
detection.
(ii) The Navy will ensure that MFAS
transmissions will be limited to at least
10 dB below the equipment’s normal
operating level if any detected animals
are within 500 yards (457 m) of the
sonar dome. Ships and submarines will
continue to limit maximum ping levels
by this 10-dB factor until the marine
mammal has been seen to leave the area,
has not been detected for 30 minutes, or
the vessel has transited more than 2,000
yards (1828 m) beyond the location of
the last detection.
(iii) The Navy will ensure that MFAS
transmissions are ceased if any detected
marine mammals are within 200 yards
(183 m) of the sonar dome. MFAS will
not resume until the marine mammal
has been seen to leave the area, has not
been detected for 30 minutes, or the
vessel has transited more than 2,000
yards (1828 m) beyond the location of
the last detection.
(iv) Special conditions applicable for
dolphins and porpoises only: If, after
conducting an initial maneuver to avoid
close quarters with dolphins or
porpoises, the Officer of the Deck
concludes that dolphins or porpoises
are deliberately closing to ride the
vessel’s bow wave, no further mitigation
actions are necessary while the dolphins
or porpoises continue to exhibit bow
wave riding behavior.
(v) If the need for power-down should
arise as detailed in ‘‘Safety Zones’’
above, Navy shall follow the
requirements as though they were
operating at 235 dB—the normal
operating level (i.e., the first powerdown will be to 229 dB, regardless of at
what level above 235 sonar was being
operated).
(i) Prior to start up or restart of active
sonar, operators will check that the
Safety Zone radius around the sound
source is clear of marine mammals.
(j) Sonar levels (generally)—Navy will
operate sonar at the lowest practicable
level, not to exceed 235 dB, except as
required to meet tactical training
objectives.
(k) Helicopters shall observe/survey
the vicinity of an ASW Operation for 10
minutes before the first deployment of
active (dipping) sonar in the water.
(l) Helicopters shall not dip their
sonar within 200 yards (183 m) of a
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
marine mammal and shall cease pinging
if a marine mammal closes within 200
yards (183 m) after pinging has begun.
(m) Submarine sonar operators will
review detection indicators of closeaboard marine mammals prior to the
commencement of ASW training
activities involving active midfrequency sonar.
Navy’s Protective Measures for IEER
The following are protective measures
for use with Extended Echo Ranging/
Improved Extended Echo Ranging (EER/
IEER) given an explosive source
generates the acoustic wave used in this
sonobuoy.
(a) Crews will conduct visual
reconnaissance of the drop area prior to
laying their intended sonobuoy pattern.
This search should be conducted below
500 yards (457 m) at a slow speed, if
operationally feasible and weather
conditions permit. In dual aircraft
training activities, crews are allowed to
conduct coordinated area clearances.
(b) Crews shall conduct a minimum of
30 minutes of visual and acoustic
monitoring of the search area prior to
commanding the first post detonation.
This 30-minute observation period may
include pattern deployment time.
(c) For any part of the briefed pattern
where a post (source/receiver sonobuoy
pair) will be deployed within 1,000
yards (914 m) of observed marine
mammal activity, deploy the receiver
ONLY and monitor while conducting a
visual search. When marine mammals
are no longer detected within 1,000
yards (914 m) of the intended post
position, co-locate the explosive source
sonobuoy (AN/SSQ–110A) (source) with
the receiver.
(d) When able, crews will conduct
continuous visual and aural monitoring
of marine mammal activity. This is to
include monitoring of own-aircraft
sensors from first sensor placement to
checking off station and out of
communication range of these sensors.
(e) Aural Detection: If the presence of
marine mammals is detected aurally,
then that should cue the aircrew to
increase the diligence of their visual
surveillance. Subsequently, if no marine
mammals are visually detected, then the
crew may continue multi-static active
search.
(f) Visual Detection:
(i) If marine mammals are visually
detected within 1,000 yards (914 m) of
the explosive source sonobuoy (AN/
SSQ–110A) intended for use, then that
payload shall not be detonated.
Aircrews may utilize this post once the
marine mammals have not been resighted for 30 minutes, or are observed
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
to have moved outside the 1,000 yards
(914 m) safety buffer.
(ii) Aircrews may shift their multistatic active search to another post,
where marine mammals are outside the
1,000 yards (914 m) safety buffer.
(g) Aircrews shall make every attempt
to manually detonate the unexploded
charges at each post in the pattern prior
to departing the operations area by
using the ‘‘Payload 1 Release’’ command
followed by the ‘‘Payload 2 Release’’
command. Aircrews shall refrain from
using the ‘‘Scuttle’’ command when two
payloads remain at a given post.
Aircrews will ensure that a 1,000 yards
(914 m) safety buffer, visually clear of
marine mammals, is maintained around
each post as is done during active
search operations.
(h) Aircrews shall only leave posts
with unexploded charges in the event of
a sonobuoy malfunction, an aircraft
system malfunction, or when an aircraft
must immediately depart the area due to
issues such as fuel constraints,
inclement weather, and in-flight
emergencies. In these cases, the
sonobuoy will self-scuttle using the
secondary or tertiary method.
(i) Ensure all payloads are accounted
for. Explosive source sonobuoys (AN/
SSQ–110A) that cannot be scuttled shall
be reported as unexploded ordnance via
voice communications while airborne,
then upon landing via naval message.
(j) Mammal monitoring shall continue
until out of own-aircraft sensor range.
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
Navy’s Protective Measures for
Underwater Detonations
To ensure protection of marine
mammals during underwater detonation
training and Mining Laying Training,
the operating area must be determined
to be clear of marine mammals prior to
detonation. Implementation of the
following mitigation measures continue
to ensure that marine mammals would
not be exposed to temporary threshold
shift (TTS), PTS or injury from physical
contact with training mine shapes
during Major Exercises.
Demolitions (DEMOs) and Mine
Countermeasure (MCM) Training (Up to
20 lb)
Exclusion Zones—All mine warfare
and mine countermeasure (MCM)
training activities involving the use of
explosive charges must include
exclusion zones for marine mammals to
prevent physical and/or acoustic effects
to those species. These exclusion zones
shall extend in a 700-yard (640 m) arc
radius around the detonation site.
Pre-Exercise Surveys—For MCM
training activities, pre-exercise survey
shall be conducted within 30 minutes
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
prior to the commencement of the
scheduled explosive event. The survey
may be conducted from the surface, by
divers, and/or from the air, and
personnel shall be alert to the presence
of any marine mammal or sea turtle.
Should such an animal be present
within the survey area, the exercise
shall be paused until the animal
voluntarily leaves the area.
Post-Exercise Surveys—Surveys
within the same radius shall also be
conducted within 30 minutes after the
completion of the explosive event.
Reporting—Any evidence of a marine
mammal that may have been injured or
killed by the action shall be reported
immediately to NMFS and Commander,
Pacific Fleet and Commander, Navy
Region Southwest, Environmental
Director.
Mine Laying Training—Mine Laying
Training involves aerial drops of inert
training shapes on floating targets.
Aircrews are scored for their ability to
accurately hit the target although this
operation does not involve live
ordnance, marine mammals have the
potential to be injured if they are in the
immediate vicinity of a floating target;
therefore, the safety zone shall be clear
of marine mammals and sea turtles
around the target location. Pre- and
post-surveys and reporting requirements
outlined for underwater detonations
shall be implemented during Mine
Laying Training. To the maximum
extent feasible, the Navy shall retrieve
inert mine shapes dropped during Mine
Laying Training.
SINKEX, GUNEX, MISSILEX, and
BOMBEX
The selection of sites suitable for
sinking exercises (SINKEXs) involves a
balance of operational suitability,
requirements established under the
MPRSA permit granted to the Navy (40
CFR 229.2), and the identification of
areas with a low likelihood of
encountering endangered species act
(ESA) listed species. To meet
operational suitability criteria, locations
must be within a reasonable distance of
the target vessels’ originating location.
The locations should also be close to
active military bases to allow
participating assets access to shore
facilities. For safety purposes, these
locations should also be in areas that are
not generally used by non-military air or
watercraft. The MPRSA permit requires
vessels to be sunk in waters which are
at least 1000 fathoms (3000 m) deep and
at least 50 nm (92 km) from land.
In general, most listed species prefer
areas with strong bathymetric gradients
and oceanographic fronts for significant
biological activity such as feeding and
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35537
reproduction. Typical locations include
the continental shelf and shelf-edge.
Although the siting of the location for
the exercise is not regulated by a permit,
the range clearance procedures used for
gunnery exercise (GUNEX), missile
exercise (MISSILEX), and bombing
exercise (BOMBEX) are the same as
those described immediately below for
a SINKEX.
The Navy has developed range
clearance procedures to maximize the
probability of sighting any ships or
protected species in the vicinity of an
exercise, which are as follows:
(a) All weapons firing would be
conducted during the period 1 hour
after official sunrise to 30 minutes
before official sunset.
(b) Extensive range clearance training
activities would be conducted in the
hours prior to commencement of the
exercise, ensuring that no shipping is
located within the hazard range of the
longest-range weapon being fired for
that event.
(c) Prior to conducting the exercise,
remotely sensed sea surface temperature
maps would be reviewed. SINKEX and
air to surface missile (ASM) Training
activities would not be conducted
within areas where strong temperature
discontinuities are present, thereby
indicating the existence of
oceanographic fronts. These areas
would be avoided because
concentrations of some listed species, or
their prey, are known to be associated
with these oceanographic features.
(d) An exclusion zone with a radius
of 1.0 nm (1.8 km) would be established
around each target. This exclusion zone
is based on calculations using a 449 kg
(990 lb) H6 NEW high explosive source
detonated 5 feet (1.5 m) below the
surface of the water, which yields a
distance of 0.85 nm (1.57 km) (cold
season) and 0.89 nm (1.65 km) (warm
season) beyond which the received level
is below the 182 dB re: 1 Pa sec2
threshold established for the WINSTON
S. CHURCHILL (DDG 81) shock trials.
An additional buffer of 0.5 nm (0.9 km)
would be added to account for errors,
target drift, and animal movements.
Additionally, a safety zone, which
extends from the exclusion zone at 1.0
nm (1.8 km) out an additional 0.5 nm
(0.9 km), would be surveyed. Together,
the zones extend out 2 nm (3.6 km) from
the target.
(e) A series of surveillance over-flights
would be conducted within the
exclusion and the safety zones, prior to
and during the exercise, when feasible.
Survey protocol would be as follows:
(i) Overflights within the exclusion
zone would be conducted in a manner
that optimizes the surface area of the
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
35538
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
water observed. This may be
accomplished through the use of the
Navy’s Search and Rescue (SAR)
Tactical Aid (TACAID). The SAR
TACAID provides the best search
altitude, ground speed, and track
spacing for the discovery of small,
possibly dark objects in the water based
on the environmental conditions of the
day. These environmental conditions
include the angle of sun inclination,
amount of daylight, cloud cover,
visibility, and sea state.
(ii) All visual surveillance activities
would be conducted by Navy personnel
trained in visual surveillance. At least
one member of the mitigation team
would have completed the Navy’s
marine mammal training program for
lookouts.
(iii) In addition to the overflights, the
exclusion zone would be monitored by
passive acoustic means, when assets are
available. This passive acoustic
monitoring would be maintained
throughout the exercise. Potential assets
include sonobuoys, which can be
utilized to detect any vocalizing marine
mammals (particularly sperm whales) in
the vicinity of the exercise. The
sonobuoys would be re-seeded as
necessary throughout the exercise.
Additionally, passive sonar onboard
submarines may be utilized to detect
any vocalizing marine mammals in the
area. The OCE would be informed of
any aural detection of marine mammals
and would include this information in
the determination of when it is safe to
commence the exercise.
(iv) On each day of the exercise, aerial
surveillance of the exclusion and safety
zones would commence two hours prior
to the first firing.
(v) The results of all visual, aerial, and
acoustic searches would be reported
immediately to the OCE (Officer
Conducting the Exercise). No weapons
launches or firing would commence
until the OCE declares the safety and
exclusion zones free of marine
mammals.
(vi) If a marine mammal observed
within the exclusion zone is diving,
firing would be delayed until the animal
is re-sighted outside the exclusion zone,
or 30 minutes has elapsed. After 30
minutes, if the animal has not been resighted it would be assumed to have left
the exclusion zone. This is based on a
typical dive time of 30 minutes for
traveling marine mammals. The OCE
would determine if the marine mammal
is in danger of being adversely affected
by commencement of the exercise.
(vii) During breaks in the exercise of
30 minutes or more, the exclusion zone
would again be surveyed for any marine
mammals. If marine mammals are
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
sighted within the exclusion zone, the
OCE would be notified, and the
procedure described above would be
followed.
(viii) Upon sinking of the vessel, a
final surveillance of the exclusion zone
would be monitored for two hours, or
until sunset, to verify that no marine
mammals were harmed.
(f) Aerial surveillance would be
conducted using helicopters or other
aircraft based on necessity and
availability. The Navy has several types
of aircraft capable of performing this
task; however, not all types are available
for every exercise. For each exercise, the
available asset best suited for
identifying objects on and near the
surface of the ocean would be used.
These aircraft would be capable of
flying at the slow safe speeds necessary
to enable viewing of marine mammals
with unobstructed, or minimally
obstructed, downward and outward
visibility. The exclusion and safety zone
surveys may be cancelled in the event
that a mechanical problem, emergency
search and rescue, or other similar and
unexpected event preempts the use of
one of the aircraft onsite for the
exercise.
(g) Every attempt would be made to
conduct the exercise in sea states that
are ideal for marine mammal sighting,
Beaufort Sea State 3 or less. In the event
of a 4 or above, survey efforts would be
increased within the zones. This would
be accomplished through the use of an
additional aircraft, if available, and
conducting tight search patterns.
(h) The exercise would not be
conducted unless the exclusion zone
could be adequately monitored visually.
(i) In the unlikely event that any
marine mammals are observed to be
harmed in the area, a detailed
description of the animal would be
documented, the location noted, and if
possible, photos taken. This information
would be provided to NMFS via the
Navy’s regional environmental
coordinator for purposes of
identification.
Additional Mitigation Measures
Developed by NMFS and the Navy
As mentioned above, NMFS worked
with the Navy to identify additional
practicable and effective mitigation
measures to address the following two
issues of concern: (1) Humpback whales
congregating in the winter in the
shallow areas of the HRC in high
densities to calve and breed; and (2) the
potential relationship between the
operation of MFAS/HFAS and marine
mammal strandings. Any mitigation
measure prescribed by NMFS should be
known to accomplish, have a reasonable
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
likelihood of accomplishing (based on
current science), or contribute to the
accomplishment of one or more of the
general goals listed below:
(a) Avoidance or minimization of
injury or death of marine mammals
wherever possible (goals b, c, and d may
contribute to this goal).
(b) A reduction in the numbers of
marine mammals (total number or
number at biologically important time
or location) exposed to received levels
of MFAS/HFAS, underwater
detonations, or other activities expected
to result in the take of marine mammals
(this goal may contribute to a, above, or
to reducing harassment takes only).
(c) A reduction in the number of times
(total number or number at biologically
important time or location) individuals
would be exposed to received levels of
MFAS/HFAS, underwater detonations,
or other activities expected to result in
the take of marine mammals (this goal
may contribute to a, above, or to
reducing harassment takes only).
(d) A reduction in the intensity of
exposures (either total number or
number at biologically important time
or location) to received levels of MFAS/
HFAS, underwater detonations, or other
activities expected to result in the take
of marine mammals (this goal may
contribute to a, above, or to reducing the
severity of harassment takes only).
(e) A reduction in adverse effects to
marine mammal habitat, paying special
attention to the food base, activities that
block or limit passage to or from
biologically important areas, permanent
destruction of habitat, or temporary
destruction/disturbance of habitat
during a biologically important time.
(f) For monitoring directly related to
mitigation—an increase in the
probability of detecting marine
mammals, thus allowing for more
effective implementation of the
mitigation (shut-down zone, etc.).
NMFS and the Navy had extensive
discussions regarding mitigation, in
which we explored several mitigation
options and their respective
practicability (these alternatives and
their practicability are analyzed in
NMFS’ Draft Environmental Assessment
of the Mitigation Measures to be used in
the Issuance of the HRC LOA).
Ultimately, NMFS and the Navy
developed two additional measures
(below), a humpback whale cautionary
area and a Stranding Response Plan,
which we believe support (or contribute
to) the goals mentioned in
a–e above. These measures are
described below.
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
Humpback Whale Cautionary Area
Humpback whales migrate to the
Hawaiian Islands each winter to rear
their calves and mate. Data indicate
that, historically, humpbacks have
clearly concentrated in high densities in
certain areas around the Hawaiian
Islands. NMFS has reviewed the Navy’s
data on MFA sonar training in these
dense humpback areas since June 2006
and found it to be rare and infrequent.
While past data is no guarantee of future
activity, it documents a history of low
level MFA sonar activity in dense
humpback areas. In order to be
successful at operational missions and
against the threat of quiet, diesel-electric
submarines, the Navy has, for more than
40 years, routinely conducted antisubmarine warfare (ASW) training in
major exercises in the waters off the
Hawaiian Islands, including the
Humpback Whale National Marine
Sanctuary. During this period, no
reported cases of harmful effects to
humpback whales attributed to MFA
sonar use have occurred. Coincident
with this use of MFA sonar, abundance
estimates reflect an annual increase in
the humpback whales migrating to
Hawaii (Mobely, 2001, 2004).
NMFS and the Navy explored ways of
affecting the least practicable impact
(which includes a consideration of
practicality of implementation and
impacts to training fidelity) to
humpbacks from exposure to MFA
sonar. Proficiency in ASW requires that
sailors gain and maintain expert skills
and experience in operating MFA sonar
in myriad marine environments.
Exclusion zones or restricted areas are
impracticable and adversely impact
MFA sonar training fidelity. The
Hawaiian Islands, including areas in
which humpback whales concentrate,
contain unique bathymetric features the
Navy needs to ensure sailors gain
critical skills and experience by training
in littoral waters. Sound propagates
differently in shallow water. No two
shallow water areas are the same. Each
shallow water area provides a unique
training experience that could be critical
to address specific future training and
assessment requirements. Given the
finite littoral areas in the Hawaiian
Islands area, maintaining the possibility
of using all shallow water training areas
is required to ensure sailors receive the
necessary training to develop and
maintain critical MFA sonar skills. In
real world events, crew members will be
working in these types of areas and
these are the types of areas where the
adversary’s quiet diesel-electric
submarines will be operating. Without
the critical ASW training in a variety of
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
different near-shore environments,
crews will not have the skills and varied
experience needed to successfully
operate MFA sonar in these types of
waters, negatively affecting vital
military readiness.
The Navy recognizes the significance
of the Hawaiian Islands for humpback
whales. The Navy has designated a
humpback whale cautionary area
(described below), which consists of a
5-km buffer zone around an area that
has been identified as having one of the
highest concentrations of humpback
whales during the critical winter
months. The Navy has agreed that
training exercises in the humpback
whale cautionary area will require a
much higher level of clearance than is
normal practice in planning and
conducting MFA sonar training. Should
national security needs require MFA
sonar training and testing in the
cautionary area between December 15
and April 15, it shall be personally
authorized by the Commander, U.S.
Pacific Fleet (CPF). The CPF shall base
such authorization on the unique
characteristics of the area from a
military readiness perspective, taking
into account the importance of the area
for humpback whales and the need to
minimize adverse impacts on humpback
whales from MFA sonar whenever
practicable. Approval at this level for
this type of activity is extraordinary.
CPF is a four-star Admiral and the
highest ranking officer in the United
States Pacific Fleet. This case-by-case
authorization cannot be delegated and
represents the Navy’s commitment to
fully consider and balance mission
requirements with environmental
stewardship. Further, CPF will provide
specific direction on required mitigation
prior to operational units transiting to
and training in the cautionary area. This
process will ensure the decisions to
train in this area are made at the highest
level in the Pacific Fleet, heighten
awareness of humpback activities in the
cautionary area, and serve to
reemphasize that mitigation measures
are to be scrupulously followed. The
Navy will provide NMFS with advance
notification of any such activities.
Stranding Response Plan for Major Navy
Training Exercises in the HRC
NMFS and the Navy have developed
a draft Stranding Response Plan for
Major Exercises in the HRC (available at:
https://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/
incidental.htm). Pursuant to 50 CFR
Section 216.105, the plan will be
included as part of (attached to) the
Navy’s MMPA Letter of Authorization
(LOA), which indicates the conditions
under which the Navy is authorized to
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35539
take marine mammals pursuant to
training activities involving MFAS or
explosives in the Hawaii Range
Complex (HRC). The Stranding
Response plan is specifically intended
to outline the applicable requirements
the authorization is conditioned upon in
the event that a marine mammal
stranding is reported in the Hawaii
Range Complex (HRC) during a major
training exercise (MTE) (see glossary
below). As mentioned above, NMFS
considers all plausible causes within the
course of a stranding investigation and
this plan in no way presumes that any
strandings in the HRC are related to, or
caused by, Navy training activities,
absent a determination made in a Phase
2 Investigation as outlined in Paragraph
7 of this plan, indicating that MFAS or
explosive detonation in the HRC were a
cause of the stranding. This plan is
designed to address the following three
issues:
• Mitigation—When marine mammals
are in a situation that can be defined as
a stranding (see glossary of plan), they
are experiencing physiological stress.
When animals are stranded, and alive,
NMFS believes that exposing these
compromised animals to additional
known stressors would likely exacerbate
the animal’s distress and could
potentially cause its death. Regardless of
the factor(s) that may have initially
contributed to the stranding, it is NMFS’
goal to avoid exposing these animals to
further stressors. Therefore, when live
stranded cetaceans are in the water and
engaged in what is classified as an
Uncommon Stranding Event (USE) (see
glossary of plan), the shutdown
component of this plan is intended to
minimize the exposure of those animals
to MFAS and explosive detonations,
regardless of whether or not these
activities may have initially played a
role in the event.
• Monitoring—This plan will
enhance the understanding of how
MFAS or explosive detonations (as well
as other environmental conditions) may,
or may not, be associated with marine
mammal injury or strandings.
Additionally, information gained from
the investigations associated with this
plan may be used in the adaptive
management of mitigation or monitoring
measures in subsequent LOAs, if
appropriate.
• Compliance—The information
gathered pursuant to this protocol will
inform NMFS’ decisions regarding
compliance with Sections 101(a)(5)(B
and C) of the MMPA.
The Stranding Response Plan has
several components:
Shutdown Procedures—When an
uncommon stranding event (USE—
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
35540
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
defined in the plan) occurs during a
major exercise in the HRC, and a live
cetacean(s) is in the water exhibiting
indicators of distress (defined in the
plan), NMFS will advise the Navy that
they should cease MFAS/HFAS
operation and explosive detonations
within 14 nm (26 km) of the live animal
involved in the USE (NMFS and Navy
will maintain a dialogue, as needed,
regarding the identification of the USE
and the potential need to implement
shutdown procedures). This distance
(14 nm) (26 km) is the distance at which
sound from the sonar source is
anticipated to attenuate to
approximately 140–145 dB (SPL). The
risk function predicts that less than 1
percent of the animals exposed to sonar
at this level (mysticete or odontocete)
would respond in a manner that NMFS
considers Level B Harassment.
Memorandum of Agreement (MOA)—
The Navy and NMFS will develop an
MOA, or other mechanism consistent
with federal fiscal law requirements
(and all other applicable laws), that
allows the Navy to assist NMFS with the
Phase 1 and 2 Investigations of USEs
through the provision of in-kind
services, such as (but not limited to) the
use of plane/boat/truck for transport of
stranding responders or animals, use of
Navy property for necropsies or burial,
or assistance with aerial surveys to
discern the extent of a USE. The Navy
may assist NMFS with the
Investigations by providing one or more
of the in-kind services outlined in the
MOA, when available and logistically
feasible and when the provision does
not negatively affect Fleet operational
commitments.
Communication Protocol—Effective
communication is critical to the
successful implementation of this
Stranding Response Plan. Very specific
protocols for communication, including
identification of the Navy personnel
authorized to implement a shutdown
and the NMFS personnel authorized to
advise the Navy of the need to
implement shutdown procedures
(NMFS Protected Resources HQ—senior
administrators) and the associated
phone trees, etc. are currently in
development and will be refined and
finalized for the Stranding Response
Plan prior to the issuance of a final rule
(and updated yearly).
Stranding Investigation—The
Stranding Response Plan also outlines
the way that NMFS intends to
investigate any strandings that occur
during major training exercises in the
HRC.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:26 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
Mitigation Conclusions
NMFS believes that the range
clearance procedures and shutdown/
safety zone/exclusion zone measures the
Navy has proposed will enable the Navy
to avoid injuring any marine mammals
and will enable them to minimize the
numbers of marine mammals exposed to
levels associated with TTS for the
following reasons:
MFAS/HFAS
The Navy’s standard protective
measures indicate that they will ensure
powerdown MFAS/HFAS 6 dB when a
marine mammal is detected within 1000
yd (.914 km), powerdown 4 more dB (or
10 dB total) when a marine mammal is
detected within 500 yd (.457 km), and
cease MFAS/HFAS transmissions when
a marine mammal is detected within
200 yd (.183 km).
PTS/Injury—NMFS believes that the
proposed mitigation measures will
allow the Navy to avoid exposing
marine mammals to received levels of
MFAS/HFAS sound that would result in
injury for the following reasons:
• The estimated distance from the
source at which an animal would
receive a level of 215 dB SEL (threshold
for PTS/injury/Level A Harassment) is
approximately 10 m (10.9 yd).
• NMFS believes that the probability
that a marine mammal would approach
within 10 m (10.9 yd) of the sonar dome
(to the sides or below) without being
seen by the watchstanders (who would
then activate a shutdown if the animal
was within 200 yd (183 m) is very low,
especially considering that the model
did not predict any animals (see Table
15) would be exposed to a 215 dB SEL
of MFAS/HFAS and animals would
likely avoid approaching a source
transmitting at that level at that
distance.
TTS—NMFS believes that the
proposed mitigation measures will
allow the Navy to minimize exposure of
marine mammals to received levels of
MFAS/HFAS sound associated with
TTS for the following reasons:
• The estimated range of distances
from the source at which an animal
would receive 195 dB SEL (the TTS
threshold) is from 110–165 m (120–180
yd) from the source.
• Based on the size of the animals,
average group size, behavior, and
average dive time, NMFS believes that
the probability that Navy watchstanders
will visually detect mysticetes or sperm
whales, dolphins, and social pelagic
species (pilot whales, melon-headed
whales, etc.) at some point within the
1000 yd (.914 km) safety zone before
they are exposed to the TTS threshold
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
levels is high, which means that the
Navy would be able to shutdown or
powerdown to avoid exposing these
species to levels associated with TTS.
• However, more cryptic, deep-diving
species (beaked whales and Kogia sp.)
are less likely to be visually detected
and could potentially be exposed to
levels of MFAS/HFAS expected to cause
TTS. Additionally, the Navy’s bowriding mitigation exception for dolphins
may sometimes allow dolphins to be
exposed to levels of MFAS/HFAS likely
to result in TTS.
Underwater Explosives
The Navy utilizes exclusion zones
(wherein explosive detonation will not
begin/continue if animals are within the
zone) for explosive exercises. Table 8
indicates the various explosives, the
estimated distance at which animals
will receive levels associated with take
(see Acoustic Take Criteria Section), and
the exclusion zone associated with the
explosive types.
Mortality and Injury—NMFS believes
that the mitigation measures will allow
the Navy to avoid exposing marine
mammals to underwater detonations
that would result in injury or mortality
for the following reasons:
• Surveillance for large charges
(which includes aerial and passive
acoustic detection methods, when
available, to ensure clearance) begins
two hours before the exercise and
extends to 2 nm (3704 m) from the
source.
• Animals would need to be within
less than 1023 m (1118 yd) (large
explosives) or 305 m (334 yd) (smaller
charges) from the source to be injured.
• Unlike for sonar, an animal would
need to be present at the exact moment
of the explosion(s) (except for the short
series of gunfire example in GUNEX) to
be taken.
• The model predicted only 3 animals
would be exposed to levels associated
with injury (though for the reasons
above, NMFS does not believe they will
be exposed) to those levels).
• When the implementation of the
exclusion zones (i.e., not starting or
continuing to detonate explosives if an
animal is detected within the exclusion
zone) is combined with the above
bullets, NMFS believes that the Navy’s
mitigation will be effective for avoiding
injury and mortality to marine mammals
from explosives.
TTS—NMFS believes that the
proposed mitigation measures will
allow the Navy to minimize the
exposure of marine mammals to
underwater detonations that would
result in TTS for the following reasons:
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
35541
are less likely to be visually detected
and could potentially be exposed to
explosive levels expected to cause TTS.
• Additionally, for two of the
explosive types (MK–84 and MK–48),
though the distance to the presuure
threshold is within the exclusion zone,
the distance at which an animal would
be expected to receive SEL levels
associated with TTS (182 dB SEL) is
larger than the exclusion zone, which
means that for those two explosive
types, any species could potentially be
exposed to levels associated with TTS if
it was detected in the limited area
outside of the exclusion zone, but inside
the distance to 182 dB SEL.
The Stranding Response Plan will
minimize the probability of distressed
live-stranded animals responding to the
proximity of sonar in a manner that
further stresses them or increases the
potential likelihood of mortality. The
Humpback Whale Cautionary Area is
intended to reduce the number and
intensity of potential humpback
exposures to MFAS/HFAS.
NMFS has preliminarily determined
that the Navy’s proposed mitigation
measures (from the LOA application),
along with the Humpback Whale
Cautionary Area and the Stranding
Response Plan (and when the Adaptive
Management (see Adaptive Management
below) component is taken into
consideration) are adequate means of
effecting the least practicable adverse
impacts on marine mammals species or
stocks and their habitat, paying
particular attention to rookeries, mating
grounds, and areas of similar
significance, while also considering
personnel safety, practicality of
implementation, and impact on the
effectiveness of the military readiness
activity.
These mitigation measures may be
refined, modified, removed, or added to
prior to the issuance of the final rule
based on the comments and information
received during the public comment
period.
Research and Conservation Measures
for Marine Mammals
The Navy is working towards a better
understanding of marine mammals and
sound in ways that are not directly
related to the MMPA process. The Navy
highlights some of those ways in the
section below. Further, NMFS is
working on a long-term stranding study
that will be supported by the Navy by
way of a funding and information
sharing component (see below).
• Continuing Navy research and Navy
contribution to university/external
research to improve the state of the
science regarding marine species
biology and acoustic effects.
• Sharing data with NMFS and via
the literature for research and
development efforts.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
Navy’s Conservation Measures
The Navy will continue to fund
ongoing marine mammal research in the
Hawaiian Islands. Results of
conservation efforts by the Navy in
other locations will also be used to
support efforts in the Hawaiian Islands.
The Navy is coordinating both short and
long term monitoring/studies of marine
mammals on various established ranges
and operating areas to determine the
response of marine mammals to Navy
sound sources and the effectiveness of
mitigation measures:
• Coordinating with NMFS to
conduct surveys within the selected
Hawaiian Islands Operating Area as part
of a baseline monitoring program.
• Implementing a long-term
monitoring program of marine mammal
populations in the Hawaiian Islands
Operating Area, including evaluation of
trends.
• Implementing a marine mammal
monitoring program in the HRC during
training exercises.
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Long-Term Prospective Study
Apart from this proposed rule, NMFS,
with input and assistance from the Navy
and several other agencies and entities,
will perform a longitudinal
observational study of marine mammal
strandings to systematically observe for
and record the types of pathologies and
diseases and investigate the relationship
with potential causal factors (e.g., sonar,
seismic, weather). The study will not be
a true ‘‘cohort’’ study, because we will
be unable to quantify or estimate
specific sonar or other sound exposures
for individual animals that strand.
However, a cross-sectional or
correlational analyses, a method of
descriptive rather than analytical
epidemiology, can be conducted to
compare population characteristics, e.g.,
frequency of strandings and types of
specific pathologies between general
periods of various anthropogenic
activities and non-activities within a
prescribed geographic space. In the long
term study, we will more fully and
consistently collect and analyze data on
the demographics of strandings in
specific locations and consider
anthropogenic activities and physical,
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
EP23JN08.010
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
• Very few animals were predicted to
be exposed to explosive levels that
would result in TTS—and for the
reasons above, NMFS believes that most
modeled TTS takes can be avoided,
especially dolphins, mysticetes and
sperm whales, and social pelagic
species.
• However, more cryptic, deep-diving
species (beaked whales and Kogia sp.)
35542
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
chemical, and biological environmental
parameters. This approach in
conjunction with true cohort studies
(tagging animals, measuring received
sounds, and evaluating behavior or
injuries) in the presence of activities
and non-activities will provide critical
information needed to further define the
impacts of MTEs and other
anthropogenic and non-anthropogenic
stressors. In coordination with the Navy
and other federal and non-federal
partners, the comparative study will be
designed and conducted for specific
sites during intervals of the presence of
anthropogenic activities such as sonar
transmission or other sound exposures
and absence to evaluate demographics
of morbidity and mortality, lesions
found, and cause of death or stranding.
Additional data that will be collected
and analyzed in an effort to control
potential confounding factors include
variables such as average sea
temperature (or just season),
meteorological or other environmental
variables (e.g., seismic activity), fishing
activities, etc. All efforts will be made
to include appropriate controls (i.e., no
sonar or no seismic); environmental
variables may complicate the
interpretation of ‘‘control’’
measurements. The Navy and NMFS
along with other partners are evaluating
mechanisms for funding this study.
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
Monitoring
In order to issue an ITA for an
activity, Section 101(a)(5)(A) of the
MMPA states that NMFS must set forth
‘‘requirements pertaining to the
monitoring and reporting of such
taking’’. The MMPA implementing
regulations at 50 CFR Section
216.104(a)(13) indicate that requests for
LOAs must include the suggested means
of accomplishing the necessary
monitoring and reporting that will result
in increased knowledge of the species
and of the level of taking or impacts on
populations of marine mammals that are
expected to be present.
Monitoring measures prescribed by
NMFS should accomplish one or more
of the following general goals:
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
(a) An increase in the probability of
detecting marine mammals, both within
the safety zone (thus allowing for more
effective implementation of the
mitigation) and in general to generate
more data to contribute to the analyses
mentioned below.
(b) An increase in our understanding
of how many marine mammals are
likely to be exposed to levels of MFAS
(or explosives or other stimuli) that we
associate with specific adverse effects,
such as behavioral harassment, TTS, or
PTS.
(c) An increase in our understanding
of how marine mammals respond to
MFAS (at specific received levels),
explosives, or other stimuli expected to
result in take and how anticipated
adverse effects on individuals (in
different ways and to varying degrees)
may impact the population, species, or
stock (specifically through effects on
annual rates of recruitment or survival)
through any of the following methods:
• Behavioral observations in the
presence of MFAS compared to
observations in the absence of sonar
(need to be able to accurately predict
received level and report bathymetric
conditions, distance from source, and
other pertinent information.
• Physiological measurements in the
presence of MFAS compared to
observations in the absence of sonar
(need to be able to accurately predict
received level and report bathymetric
conditions, distance from source, and
other pertinent information), and/or
• Pre-planned and thorough
investigation of stranding events that
occur coincident to naval activities.
• Distribution and/or abundance
comparisons in times or areas with
concentrated MFAS versus times or
areas without MFAS.
(d) An increased knowledge of the
effected species.
(e) An increase in our understanding
of the effectiveness of certain mitigation
and monitoring measures.
Proposed Monitoring Plan for the HRC
The Navy has submitted a draft
Monitoring Plan for the HRC, which
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
may be viewed at NMFS’ Web site:
https://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/
incidental.htm. NMFS and the Navy
have worked together on the
development of this plan in the months
preceding the publication of this
proposed rule; however, we are still
refining the plan and anticipate that it
will contain more details by the time it
is finalized in advance of the issuance
of the final rule. Additionally, the plan
may be modified or supplemented based
on comments or new information
received from the public during the
public comment period. A summary of
the primary components of the plan
follows.
The draft Monitoring Plan for the HRC
has been designed as a collection of
focused ‘‘studies’’ (described fully in the
HRC Monitoring Plan) to gather data
that will allow the Navy to address the
following questions:
(a) Are marine mammals exposed to
mid-frequency active sonar (MFAS),
especially at levels associated with
adverse effects (i.e., based on
NMFS’criteria for behavioral
harassment, TTS, or PTS)? If so, at what
levels are they exposed?
(b) If marine mammals are exposed to
MFAS in the HRC, do they redistribute
geographically as a result of continued
exposure? If so, how long does the
redistribution last?
(c) If marine mammals are exposed to
MFAS, what are their behavioral
responses to various levels?
(d) What are the behavioral responses
of marine mammals that are exposed to
explosives at specific levels?
(e) Is the Navy’s suite of mitigation
measures for MFAS and explosives (e.g.,
PMAP, major exercise measures agreed
to by the Navy through permitting)
effective at avoiding TTS, injury, and
mortality of marine mammals?
Data gathered in these studies will be
collected by qualified, professional
marine mammal biologists that are
experts in their field. They will use a
combination of the following methods
to collect data:
BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
35543
EP23JN08.011
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
35544
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
In addition to the Monitoring Plan for
the HRC, by the end of 2009, the Navy
will have completed an Integrated
Comprehensive Monitoring Program
(ICMP). The ICMP will provide the
overarching structure and coordination
that will, over time, compile data from
both range specific monitoring plans
(such as HRC, the Atlantic Fleet Active
Sonar Training Range (AFAST), or the
Southern California Range Complex) as
well as Navy funded research and
development (R&D) studies. The
primary objectives of the ICMP are:
• To monitor Navy training events,
particularly those involving midfrequency sonar and underwater
detonations, for compliance with the
terms and conditions of ESA Section 7
consultations or MMPA authorizations;
• To collect data to support
estimating the number of individuals
exposed to sound levels above current
regulatory thresholds;
• To assess the efficacy of the Navy’s
current marine species mitigation;
• To add to the knowledgebase on
potential behavioral and physiological
effects to marine species from mid-
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
frequency active sonar and underwater
detonations; and,
• To assess the practicality and
effectiveness of a number of mitigation
tools and techniques (some not yet in
use).
More information about the ICMP
may be found in the draft Monitoring
Plan for the HRC.
Past Monitoring in the HRC
Since RIMPAC 2006, which was the
first Navy training activity utilizing
MFAS to receive an MMPA
authorization and an incidental take
statement pursuant to the ESA, NMFS
has received four monitoring reports
(one covering two exercises) addressing
MFAS use in the HRC, including the
RIMPAC after action report (AAR). The
Navy’s AARs may be viewed at:
https://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/
incidental.htm. For three of the
exercises, the reports describe
observations by the watchstanders (who
are involved in the training exercise)
only. For two of the exercises (RIMPAC
and the most recent USWEX),
independent marine mammal observers
were used to collect data before, during,
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
and after the exercises. NMFS has
reviewed these reports and has
summarized the results, as related to
marine mammal observations, below.
RIMPAC 2006
During the RIMPAC exercises in July
2006, the Navy operated MFAS hullmounted sonar for 472 hours. They
operated active sonobuoys for 115 hours
and helicopter dipping sonar for 110
hours, however, these sources do not
ping continuously and put far less
sound in the water per hour than hullmounted sonar. A map in the AAR
showing the locations of the marine
mammal sightings indicates that the
exercises covered a very large area, both
to the north and south of the islands,
with the majority of the sightings of
marine mammals occurring in the open
ocean (not near shore).
Observations by Exercise
Participants—Table 10 summarizes the
marine mammals sighted by exercise
participants and whether or not sonar
was shut down. The Navy indicates in
its report that no evidence of behavioral
effects was observed.
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
Observations by Marine Mammal
Observers—The Navy contracted marine
mammal observers to conduct aerial
surveys, and their summary and
conclusions of the monitoring are
described here. A total of six aerial
surveys of marine mammals were
performed on dates corresponding with
scheduled dates for ‘‘choke point’’
maneuvers of the RIMPAC exercises.
Three surveys were performed in the
vicinity of the Kaulakahi Channel
(between Kauai and Niihau) (July 16, 17
and 20) and three were performed in the
Alenuihaha Channel (between Hawaii
and Maui) (July 24–26). The mission of
the surveys was to detect, locate and
identify all marine mammal species in
the target areas using methods
consistent with modern distance
sampling theory. Marine mammals were
sighted on four of the six surveys,
comprising a total of 13 groups. All
sightings consisted of small- to mediumsized odontocetes (toothed cetaceans),
including one sighting each of
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
bottlenose dolphins, spotted dolphins,
Cuvier’s beaked whale, false killer
whale, unidentified beaked whale and
eight sightings of unidentified delphinid
species. Encounter rates of odontocete
sightings (sightings/km surveyed) in this
series were identical to those seen
during earlier survey series (1993–03),
though at different times of the year. No
unusual observations (e.g., sightings of
unusual behavior or aggregations, near
strandings, or stranded or dead animals)
were noted during the total of
approximately 18 hrs. of survey effort.
USWEX 06–04
During this three-day exercise, which
was conducted from September 19–21,
2006 and in which the hours of sonar
use were not reported, no marine
mammals were sighted by the exercise
participants.
USWEX 07–02
This exercise was conducted from
April 10–11, 2007 and involved 5
MFAS-equipped ships, one non-MFAS
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
equipped ship, and 8–12 helicopters.
Other participating units representing
support and opposition forces, which
did not utilize sonar, included 2
submarines and 3 MFA-equipped ships.
During the exercise, 265.5 hours of
sonar use were reported.
No marine mammals were sighted by
the participants during the exercise.
USWEX 07–03
This exercise was conducted from
April 17–18, 2007, and involved 3
MFAS-equipped ships, 3 non-MFAS
equipped ships, and 6 helicopters.
Other participating units representing
support and opposition forces, which
did not utilize sonar, included 2
submarines and 2 MFA-equipped ships.
During this exercise 50.1 hours of sonar
use were reported.
One large whale was sighted by Navy
watchstanders at a distance of
approximately 300 yds when MFAS was
not operating.
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
EP23JN08.012
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
BILLING CODE 3510–22–C
35545
35546
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
USWEX 08–1 was conducted from
November 13–15, 2007, and involved 3
MFAS-equipped ships, several other
non-MFAS-equipped ships, and 2–4
helicopters with dipping sonar. During
the exercise, a total of 77 hours of MFAS
time was reported from all sources,
including hull-mounted, helicopter
dipping, and DICASS sonobuoys. The
exercise was primarily conducted to the
Northeast (extending far out to sea) of
Oahu (a map is available in the AAR).
Observations by Exercise Participants
There were no sightings of marine
mammals within 2000 yds by Navy
personnel engaged in the training
during USWEX 08–01. Sea states were
high during some of the exercise period,
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
Vessel Survey
A civilian science-based research
vessel conducted a visual monitoring
survey for cetaceans and sea turtles from
November 11–17, 2007. The purpose of
these surveys was to monitor, identify,
and report surface behavior of marine
mammals observed before, during, and
after the scheduled training exercise;
particularly any injured or harmed
marine mammals and/or unusual
behavior or changes in behavior,
distribution and numbers of animals.
Another goal was to attempt to remain
within view of any opportunistically
encountered Navy vessels while
conducting surveys and focal follows
sessions. The effort was focused in the
same designated survey box as the aerial
survey team, to the east and northeast of
Oahu. A total of 66 hours and
approximately 911 km (492 nm) were
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:26 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
which may have limited sightings of
smaller marine mammals.
Observations of Marine Mammal
Observers
Aerial Survey
A pre- and post-exercise aerial survey
was conducted by a civilian science
crew from 1 to 12 November and 15 to
17 November. The purpose of these
surveys was to detect, locate, and
identify all marine mammals and sea
turtles observed within a 2384 mi2
(6175 km2) grid (to the east and
northeast of Oahu); and during
circumnavigation of the islands of Oahu
and Molokai. Over 17 hours of survey
time was conducted, involving a linear
distance of approximately 1,701 nm
(3150 km). There were 26 marine
visually surveyed over seven days with
a total of eight cetacean groups sighted.
Line surveys were conducted over 817
km (441 nm) (with 105 km (57 nm)
while Navy vessels were within view)
and animals were focally followed for a
total of approximately 63 km (34 nm).
None of the whales followed during the
focal sessions exhibited any notable
evasive or disturbance behavior related
to the observation vessel or as defined
under the MMPA. No injured or dead
whales were detected.
A summary of the marine mammals
sighted and their associated behaviors
(including those that occurred during
four focal follows) is presented in Table
12. The observers documented the first
occurrence of Bryde’s whale near the
main Hawaiian islands, previous
verified sightings have only occurred in
the leeward Northwestern chain of the
Hawaiian Islands. A Navy vessel was
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
mammal sightings (six at sea with the
remaining 20 observed nearshore),
including short-finned pilot whales,
Hawaiian spinner dolphins, bottlenose
dolphins, Hawaiian monk seals, and
three unidentified species (Stenella sp.,
dolphin and baleen whale) (see Table
11). Time was spent characterizing
behavior at the time of the sightings and
no indications of distressed or unusual
behavior were documented.
Additionally, there were no
observations of any stranded or floating
dead marine mammals. More
information regarding the findings of
these aerial surveys may be found in
Appendix B of the USWEX 08–01
Monitoring report, which is posted on
the NMFS Web site, at: https://
www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/
incidental.htm.
operating MFAS at approximately the
same time as the Bryde’s whale focal
follow, at approximately 50 nm (93 km)
away. Post exercise modeling predicted
that the Bryde’s whale may have been
exposed to received levels of up to
141dB (SPL), though, as mentioned
previously, no unusual behaviors were
observed.
The vessel survey report, which is
included in Appendix C of the Navy’s
AAR, and available at: https://
www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/
incidental.htm, draws some conclusions
regarding the efficacy of certain
monitoring techniques and makes
recommendations for future monitoring
plans. The Navy has taken this
information into consideration in
developing the monitoring plan for the
HRC that is proposed here.
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
EP23JN08.013
USWEX 08–1
BILLING CODE 3510–22–C
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
General Conclusions Drawn From
Review of Monitoring Reports
Because NMFS has received relatively
few monitoring reports from sonar
training in the HRC, and even fewer that
have utilized independent aerial or
vessel-based observers, it is too early to
draw any biological conclusions.
However, NFMS can draw some general
conclusions from the content of the
monitoring reports:
(a) The data gathered by independent
observers contains far more detail than
the data gathered by watchstanders.
Data from watchstanders is generally
useful to indicate the presence or
absence of marine mammals within the
safety zones (and sometimes without)
and to document the implementation of
mitigation measures, but does not
provide useful species’ specific
information or behavioral data. Data
gathered by independent observers can
provide very valuable information at a
level of detail not possible with
watchstanders, such as the presence of
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
sub-adult sei whales in the Hawaiian
islands in fall, potentially indicating the
use of the area for breeding.
(b) More marine mammal sightings
per hour of effort were reported by
independent observers than by Navy
watchstanders. Out of approximately
1100 hours of sonar operation, the Navy
watchstanders reported 30 sightings of
marine mammals. Out of approximately
100 hours of observation, the
independent observers reported 47
sightings of marine mammals (if the
observations and hours that were
specifically near shore or in channels
are removed (likely higher density of
marine mammals), the independent
observers had 14 sightings in 80 hours
of effort: 6 sightings in 14 hours of aerial
and 8 sightings in 66 hours of vesselbased). There are a couple of possible
explanations for this:
(i) MFAS was likely operating in
much closer proximity to and for a
significantly larger percentage of the
time when watchstanders were
reporting marine mammal sightings as
compared to when independent
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35547
observers were reporting them. Marine
mammals may have been avoiding the
sonar source and therefore been present
in lower numbers immediately around
the watchstanders (usually on the same
platform as the sonar source itself), or
within the distance that the
watchstanders could easily detect them.
Alternatively, MFAS was not
necessarily operating in the immediate
vicinity of the independent observers,
and even when so, the source was at
least a few miles away.
(ii) Because of their experience and
training, independent vessel-based
marine mammal observers may see a
higher percentage of the animals at the
surface than the Navy watchstanders
(0.12 sightings/hour versus 0.03
sightings/hour, respectively).
(c) Though it is by no means
conclusory, it is worth noting that no
instances of obvious behavioral
disturbance were observed either by the
Navy watchstanders or the independent
observers (and a portion of the
independent observations were reported
within the vicinity of operating MFAS)
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
EP23JN08.014
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
35548
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
in the 1200+ hours of effort in which 77
sightings of marine mammals were
made. Though of course, these
observations only cover the animals that
were at the surface (or slightly below in
the case of aerial surveys) and within
the distance that the observers can see
with the big-eye binoculars or from the
aircraft.
(d) NMFS and the Navy need to more
carefully designate what information
should be gathered during monitoring,
as some reports contain different
information, making cross-report
comparisons difficult. For example,
some reports indicate marine mammals
seen within the safety zones, while
others indicate marine mammals
detected within any distance.
Adaptive Management
Adaptive Management was addressed
above in the context of the Stranding
Response Plan because that Section will
be a stand-alone document. More
specifically, the final regulations
governing the take of marine mammals
incidental to Navy training exercises in
the HRC will contain an adaptive
management component. Our
understanding of the effects of MFAS/
HFAS on marine mammals is still in its
relative infancy, and yet the science in
this field is evolving fairly quickly.
These circumstances make the inclusion
of an adaptive management component
both valuable and necessary within the
context of 5-year regulations for
activities that have been associated with
marine mammal mortality in certain
circumstances and locations (though not
the HRC). The use of adaptive
management will give NMFS the ability
to consider new data from different
sources to determine (in coordination
with the Navy), on an annual basis if
new or modified mitigation or
monitoring measures are appropriate for
subsequent annual LOAs. Following are
some of the possible sources of
applicable data:
• Results from the Navy’s monitoring
from the previous year (either from the
HRC or other locations).
• Results from specific stranding
investigations (either from the HRC or
other locations, and involving
coincident MFAS training or not
involving coincident use).
• Results from the Long Term
Prospective Study described below.
• Results from general marine
mammal and sound research (funded by
the Navy (described below) or
otherwise).
Mitigation measures could be
modified or added if new data suggests
that such modifications would have a
reasonable likelihood of reducing
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
adverse effects to marine mammals and
if the measures were practicable. NMFS
could also coordinate with the Navy to
modify or add to the existing monitoring
requirements if the new data suggest
that the addition of a particular measure
would likely fill in a specifically
important data gap.
Reporting
In order to issue an ITA for an
activity, Section 101(a)(5)(A) of the
MMPA states that NMFS must set forth
‘‘requirements pertaining to the
monitoring and reporting of such
taking’’. Effective reporting is critical
both to compliance as well as ensuring
that the most value is obtained from the
required monitoring. Some of the
reporting requirements are still in
development and the final rule may
contain additional details not contained
in the proposed rule. Additionally,
proposed reporting requirements may be
modified, removed, or added based on
information or comments received
during the public comment period.
Currently, there are several different
reporting requirements pursuant to
these proposed regulations:
General Notification of Injured or Dead
Marine Mammals
Navy personnel will ensure that
NMFS (regional stranding coordinator)
is notified immediately (or as soon as
clearance procedures allow) if an
injured or dead marine mammal is
found during or shortly after, and in the
vicinity of, any Navy training exercise
utilizing MFAS, HFAS, or underwater
explosive detonations. The Navy will
provide NMFS with species or
description of the animal (s), the
condition of the animal(s) (including
carcass condition if the animal is dead),
location, time of first discovery,
observed behaviors (if alive), and photo
or video (if available). The Stranding
Response Plan contains more specific
reporting requirements for specific
circumstances.
SINKEX, GUNEX, MISSILEX, BOMBEX,
and IEER
A yearly report detailing the
exercise’s timeline, the time the surveys
commenced and terminated, amount,
and types of all ordnance expended, and
the results of survey efforts for each
event will be submitted to NMFS.
MFAS Mitigation/Navy Watchstanders
The Navy will submit an After Action
Report to the Office of Protected
Resources, NMFS, within 120 days of
the completion of a Major Training
Exercise (RIMPAC, USWEX, and Multi
Strike Group). For other ASW exercises
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(TRACKEX and TORPEX), the Navy will
submit a yearly summary report. These
reports will, at a minimum, include the
following information:
• The estimated number of hours of
sonar operation, broken down by source
type.
• If possible, the total number of
hours of observation effort (including
observation time when sonar was not
operating).
• A report of all marine mammal
sightings (at any distance—not just
within a particular distance) to include,
when possible and to the best of their
ability, and if not classified:
Æ Species.
Æ Number of animals sighted.
Æ Location of marine mammal
sighting.
Æ Distance of animal from any
operating sonar sources.
Æ Whether animal is fore, aft, port,
starboard.
Æ Direction animal is moving in
relation to source (away, towards,
parallel).
Æ Any observed behaviors of marine
mammals.
• The status of any sonar sources
(what sources were in use) and whether
or not they were powered down or shut
down as a result of the marine mammal
observation.
• The platform that the marine
mammals were sighted from.
Monitoring Report
Although the draft Monitoring Plan
for the HRC contains a general
description of the monitoring that the
Navy plans to conduct (and that NMFS
has analyzed) in the HRC, the detailed
analysis and reporting protocols that
will be used for the Hawaii monitoring
plan are still being refined at this time.
The draft HRC Monitoring plan may be
viewed at: https://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/
pr/permits/incidental.htm. Standard
marine species sighting forms will be
used by Navy lookouts and biologists to
standardize data collection and data
collection methods will be standardized
across ranges to allow for comparison in
different geographic locations. Reports
of the required monitoring will be
submitted to NMFS on an annual basis
as well as in the form of a multi-year
report that compiles all five years worth
of monitoring data (reported at end of
fourth year of rule—in future rules will
include the last year of the prior rule).
HRC Comprehensive Report
The Navy will submit to NMFS a draft
report that analyzes and summarizes all
of the multi-year marine mammal
information gathered during ASW and
explosive exercises for which individual
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
reports are required in § 216.175 (d–f).
This report will be submitted at the end
of the fourth year of the rule (November
2012), covering activities that have
occurred through June 1, 2012. The
Navy will respond to NMFS comments
on the draft comprehensive report if
submitted within 3 months of receipt.
The report will be considered final after
the Navy has addressed NMFS’
comments, or three months after the
submittal of the draft if NMFS does not
comment by then.
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
Comprehensive National ASW Report
The Navy will submit a draft
Comprehensive National ASW Report
that analyzes, compares, and
summarizes the data gathered from the
watchstanders and pursuant to the
implementation of the Monitoring Plans
for the HRC, the Atlantic Fleet active
Sonar Training (AFAST), and the
Southern California (SOCAL) Range
Complex. The Navy will respond to
NMFS comments on the draft
comprehensive report if submitted
within 3 months of receipt. The report
will be considered final after the Navy
has addressed NMFS’ comments, or
three months after the submittal of the
draft if NMFS does not comment by
then.
Estimated Take of Marine Mammals
As mentioned previously, for the
purposes of MMPA authorizations,
NMFS’ effects assessments have two
primary purposes (in the context of the
HRC LOA, where subsistence
communities are not present): (1) To put
forth the permissible methods of taking
within the context of MMPA Level B
Harassment (behavioral harassment),
Level A Harassment (injury), and
mortality (i.e., identify the number and
types of take that will occur); and (2) to
determine whether the specified activity
will have a negligible impact on the
affected species or stocks of marine
mammals (based on the likelihood that
the activity will adversely affect the
species or stock through effects on
annual rates of recruitment or survival).
In the Potential Effects of Exposure of
Marine Mammal to MFAS/HFAS and
Underwater Detonations section, NMFS’
analysis identified the lethal responses,
physical trauma, sensory impairment
(permanent and temporary threshold
shifts and acoustic masking),
physiological responses (particular
stress responses), and behavioral
responses that could potentially result
from exposure to MFAS/HFAS or
underwater explosive detonations. In
this section, we will relate the potential
effects to marine mammals from MFAS/
HFAS and underwater detonation of
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
explosives to the MMPA regulatory
definitions of Level A and Level B
Harassment and attempt to quantify the
effects that might occur from the
specific training activities that the Navy
is proposing in the HRC.
Definition of Harassment
As mentioned previously, with
respect to military readiness activities,
Section 3(18)(B) of the MMPA defines
‘‘harassment’’ as: (i) Any act that injures
or has the significant potential to injure
a marine mammal or marine mammal
stock in the wild [Level A Harassment];
or (ii) any act that disturbs or is likely
to disturb a marine mammal or marine
mammal stock in the wild by causing
disruption of natural behavioral
patterns, including, but not limited to,
migration, surfacing, nursing, breeding,
feeding, or sheltering, to a point where
such behavioral patterns are abandoned
or significantly altered [Level B
Harassment].
Level B Harassment
Of the potential effects that were
described in the Potential Effects of
Exposure of Marine Mammal to MFAS/
HFAS and Underwater Detonations
Section, following are the types of
effects that fall into the Level B
Harassment category:
Behavioral Harassment—Behavioral
disturbance that rises to the level
described in the definition above, when
resulting from exposures to MFAS/
HFAS or underwater detonations, is
considered Level B Harassment. Some
of the lower level physiological stress
responses discussed in the Potential
Effects of Exposure of Marine Mammal
to MFAS/HFAS and Underwater
Detonations Section: Stress Section will
also likely co-occur with the predicted
harassments, although these responses
are more difficult to detect and fewer
data exist relating these responses to
specific received levels of sound. When
Level B Harassment is predicted based
on estimated behavioral responses,
those takes may have a stress-related
physiological component as well.
In the effects section above, we
described the Southall et al., (2007)
severity scaling system and listed some
examples of the three broad categories
of behaviors: (0–3: Minor and/or brief
behaviors); 4–6 (Behaviors with higher
potential to affect foraging,
reproduction, or survival); 7–9
(Behaviors considered likely to affect
the aforementioned vital rates).
Generally speaking, MMPA Level B
Harassment, as defined in this
document, would include the behaviors
described in the 7–9 category, and a
subset, dependent on context and other
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35549
considerations, of the behaviors
described in the 4–6 categories.
Behavioral harassment does not include
behaviors ranked 0–3 in Southall et al.,
(2007).
Acoustic Masking and
Communication Impairment—Acoustic
masking is considered Level B
Harassment as it can disrupt natural
behavioral patterns by interrupting or
limiting the marine mammal’s receipt or
transmittal of important information or
environmental cues.
TTS—As discussed previously, TTS
can effect how an animal behaves in
response to the environment, including
conspecifics, predators, and prey. The
following physiological mechanisms are
thought to play a role in inducing
auditory fatigue: Effects to sensory hair
cells in the inner ear that reduce their
sensitivity, modification of the chemical
environment within the sensory cells,
residual muscular activity in the middle
ear, displacement of certain inner ear
membranes, increased blood flow, and
post-stimulatory reduction in both
efferent and sensory neural output.
Ward (1997) suggested that when these
effects result in TTS rather than PTS,
they are within the normal bounds of
physiological variability and tolerance
and do not represent a physical injury.
Additionally, Southall et al. (2007)
indicate that although PTS is a tissue
injury, TTS is not because the reduced
hearing sensitivity following exposure
to intense sound results primarily from
fatigue, not loss, of cochlear hair cells
and supporting structures and is
reversible. Accordingly, NMFS classifies
TTS (when resulting from exposure to
either MFAS/HFAS or underwater
detonations) as Level B Harassment, not
Level A Harassment (injury).
Level A Harassment
Of the potential effects that were
described in the Potential Effects of
Exposure of Marine Mammal to MFAS/
HFAS and Underwater Detonations
Section, following are the types of
effects that fall into the Level A
Harassment category:
PTS—PTS (resulting either from
exposure to MFAS/HFAS or explosive
detonations) is irreversible and
considered an injury. PTS results from
exposure to intense sounds that cause a
permanent loss of inner or outer
cochlear hair cells or exceed the elastic
limits of certain tissues and membranes
in the middle and inner ears and result
in changes in the chemical composition
of the inner ear fluids.
Acoustically Mediated Bubble
Growth—A few theories suggest ways in
which gas bubbles become enlarged
through exposure to intense sounds
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
35550
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
(MFAS/HFAS) to the point where tissue
damage results. In rectified diffusion,
exposure to a sound field would cause
bubbles to increase in size. Alternately,
bubbles could be destabilized by highlevel sound exposures such that bubble
growth then occurs through static
diffusion of gas out of the tissues. Tissue
damage from either of these processes
would be considered an injury.
Behaviorally Mediated Bubble
Growth—Several authors suggest
mechanisms in which marine mammals
could behaviorally respond to exposure
to MFAS/HFAS by altering their dive
patterns in a manner (unusually rapid
ascent, unusually long series of surface
dives, etc.) that might result in unusual
bubble formation or growth ultimately
resulting in tissue damage (emboli, etc.)
Physical Disruption of Tissues
Resulting from Explosive Shock Wave—
Physical damage of tissues resulting
from a shock wave (from an explosive
detonation) is classified as an injury.
Blast effects are greatest at the gas-liquid
interface (Landsberg, 2000) and gascontaining organs, particularly the lungs
and gastrointestinal tract, are especially
susceptible (Goertner, 1982; Hill 1978;
Yelverton et al., 1973). Nasal sacs,
larynx, pharynx, trachea, and lungs may
be damaged by compression/expansion
caused by the oscillations of the blast
gas bubble (Reidenberg and Laitman,
2003). Severe damage (from the shock
wave) to the ears can include tympanic
membrane rupture, fracture of the
ossicles, damage to the cochlea,
hemorrhage, and cerebrospinal fluid
leakage into the middle ear.
Acoustic Take Criteria
For the purposes of an MMPA
incidental take authorization, three
types of take are identified: Level B
Harassment; Level A Harassment; and
mortality (or serious injury leading to
mortality). The categories of marine
mammal responses (physiological and
behavioral) that fall into the two
harassment categories were described in
the previous section.
Because the physiological and
behavioral responses of the majority of
the marine mammals exposed to MFAS/
HFAS and underwater detonations
cannot be detected or measured (not all
responses visible external to animal,
portion of exposed animals underwater
(so not visible), many animals located
many miles from observers and covering
very large area, etc.) and because NMFS
must authorize take prior to the impacts
to marine mammals, a method is needed
to estimate the number of individuals
that will be taken, pursuant to the
MMPA, based on the proposed action.
To this end, NMFS developed acoustic
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
criteria that estimate at what received
level (when exposed to MFAS/HFAS or
explosive detonations) Level B
Harassment, Level A Harassment, and
mortality (for explosives) of marine
mammals would occur. The acoustic
criteria for MFAS/HFAS and
Underwater Detonations are discussed
below.
MFAS/HFAS Acoustic Criteria
Because relatively few applicable data
exist to support acoustic criteria
specifically for HFAS and because such
a small percentage of the sonar pings
that marine mammals will likely be
exposed to incidental to this activity
come from a HFAS source (the vast
majority come from MFAS sources),
NMFS will apply the criteria developed
for the MFAS to the HFAS as well.
NMFS utilizes three acoustic criteria
for MFAS/HFAS: PTS (injury—Level A
Harassment), TTS (Level B Harassment),
and behavioral harassment (Level B
Harassment). Because the TTS and PTS
criteria are derived similarly and the
PTS criteria was extrapolated from the
TTS data, the TTS and PTS acoustic
criteria will be presented first, before
the behavioral criteria.
For more information regarding these
criteria, please see the Navy’s FEIS for
the HRC.
Level B Harassment Threshold (TTS)
As mentioned above, behavioral
disturbance, acoustic masking, and TTS
are all considered Level B Harassment.
Marine mammals would usually be
behaviorally disturbed at lower received
levels than those at which they would
likely sustain TTS, so the levels at
which behavioral disturbance is likely
to occur are considered the onset of
Level B Harassment. The behavioral
responses of marine mammals to sound
are variable, context specific, and,
therefore, difficult to quantify (see Risk
Function section, below). TTS is a
physiological effect that has been
studied and quantified in laboratory
conditions. Because data that support an
estimate of at what received levels
marine mammals will TTS exist, NMFS
also uses an acoustic criteria to estimate
the number of marine mammals that
might sustain TTS incidental to a
specific activity (in addition to the
behavioral criteria).
A number of investigators have
measured TTS in marine mammals.
These studies measured hearing
thresholds in trained marine mammals
before and after exposure to intense
sounds. The existing cetacean TTS data
are summarized in the following bullets.
• Schlundt et al. (2000) reported the
results of TTS experiments conducted
PO 00000
Frm 00042
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
with 5 bottlenose dolphins and 2
belugas exposed to 1-second tones. This
paper also includes a reanalysis of
preliminary TTS data released in a
technical report by Ridgway et al.
(1997). At frequencies of 3, 10, and 20
kHz, sound pressure levels (SPLs)
necessary to induce measurable
amounts (6 dB or more) of TTS were
between 192 and 201 dB re 1 µPa (EL
= 192 to 201 dB re 1 µPa2-s). The mean
exposure SPL and EL for onset-TTS
were 195 dB re 1 µPa and 195 dB re 1
µPa2-s, respectively.
• Finneran et al. (2001, 2003, 2005)
described TTS experiments conducted
with bottlenose dolphins exposed to 3kHz tones with durations of 1, 2, 4, and
8 seconds. Small amounts of TTS (3 to
6 dB) were observed in one dolphin
after exposure to ELs between 190 and
204 dB re 1 µPa2-s. These results were
consistent with the data of Schlundt et
al. (2000) and showed that the Schlundt
et al. (2000) data were not significantly
affected by the masking sound used.
These results also confirmed that, for
tones with different durations, the
amount of TTS is best correlated with
the exposure EL rather than the
exposure SPL.
• Nachtigall et al. (2003) measured
TTS in a bottlenose dolphin exposed to
octave-band sound centered at 7.5 kHz.
Nachtigall et al. (2003a) reported TTSs
of about 11 dB measured 10 to 15
minutes after exposure to 30 to 50
minutes of sound with SPL 179 dB re
1 µPa (EL about 213 dB re µPa2-s). No
TTS was observed after exposure to the
same sound at 165 and 171 dB re 1 µPa.
Nachtigall et al. (2004) reported TTSs of
around 4 to 8 dB 5 minutes after
exposure to 30 to 50 minutes of sound
with SPL 160 dB re 1 µPa (EL about 193
to 195 dB re 1 µPa2-s). The difference in
results was attributed to faster postexposure threshold measurement—TTS
may have recovered before being
detected by Nachtigall et al. (2003).
These studies showed that, for longduration exposures, lower sound
pressures are required to induce TTS
than are required for short-duration
tones.
• Finneran et al. (2000, 2002)
conducted TTS experiments with
dolphins and belugas exposed to
impulsive sounds similar to those
produced by distant underwater
explosions and seismic waterguns.
These studies showed that, for very
short-duration impulsive sounds, higher
sound pressures were required to
induce TTS than for longer-duration
tones.
• Kastak et al. (1999a, 2005)
conducted TTS experiments with three
species of pinnipeds, California sea lion,
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
northern elephant seal and a Pacific
harbor seal, exposed to continuous
underwater sounds at levels of 80 and
95 dB SPL at 2.5 and 3.5 kHz for up to
50 minutes. Mean TTS shifts of up to
12.2 dB occurred with the harbor seals
showing the largest shift of 28.1 dB.
Increasing the sound duration had a
greater effect on TTS than increasing the
sound level from 80 to 95 dB.
Some of the more important data
obtained from these studies are onsetTTS levels (exposure levels sufficient to
cause a just-measurable amount of TTS)
often defined as 6 dB of TTS (for
example, Schlundt et al., 2000) and the
fact that energy metrics (sound exposure
levels (SEL), which include a duration
component) better predict when an
animal will sustain TTS than pressure
(SPL) alone. NMFS’ TTS criteria (which
indicate the received level at which
onset TTS (>6dB) is induced) for MFAS/
HFAS are as follows:
• Cetaceans—195 dB re 1 µPa2-s
(based on mid-frequency cetaceans—no
published data exist on auditory effects
of noise in low or high frequency
cetaceans (Southall et al. (2007)).
• Pinnipeds (monk seals)—204 dB re
1 µPa2-s (based on data from elephant
seals, which are the most closely related
to the monk seal).
A detailed description of how TTS
criteria were derived from the results of
the above studies may be found in
Chapter 3 of Southall et al. (2007), as
well as the Navy’s HRC LOA
application.
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
Level A Harassment Threshold (PTS)
For acoustic effects, because the
tissues of the ear appear to be the most
susceptible to the physiological effects
of sound, and because threshold shifts
tend to occur at lower exposures than
other more serious auditory effects,
NMFS has determined that PTS is the
best indicator for the smallest degree of
injury that can be measured. Therefore,
the acoustic exposure associated with
onset-PTS is used to define the lower
limit of the Level A harassment.
PTS data do not currently exist for
marine mammals and are unlikely to be
obtained due to ethical concerns.
However, PTS levels for these animals
may be estimated using TTS data from
marine mammals and relationships
between TTS and PTS that have been
discovered through study of terrestrial
mammals. NMFS uses the following
acoustic criteria for injury:
• Cetaceans—215 dB re 1 µPa2-s
(based on mid-frequency cetaceans—no
published data exist on auditory effects
of noise in low or high frequency
cetaceans (Southall et al. (2007)).
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
• Pinnipeds (monk seals)—224 dB re
1 µPa2-s (based on data from elephant
seals, which are the most closely related
to the monk seal).
These criteria are based on a 20 dB
increase in SEL over that required for
onset-TTS. Extrapolations from
terrestrial mammal data indicate that
PTS occurs at 40 dB or more of TS, and
that TS growth occurs at a rate of
approximately 1.6 dB TS per dB
increase in EL. There is a 34-dB TS
difference between onset-TTS (6 dB)
and onset-PTS (40 dB). Therefore, an
animal would require approximately
20dB of additional exposure (34 dB
divided by 1.6 dB) above onset-TTS to
reach PTS. A detailed description of
how TTS criteria were derived from the
results of the above studies may be
found in Chapter 3 of Southall et al.
(2007), as well as the Navy’s HRC LOA
application. Southall et al. (2007)
recommend a precautionary dual
criteria for TTS (230 dB re 1 µPa (SPL)
in addition to 215 re 1 µPa2-s (SEL)) to
account for the potentially damaging
transients embedded within non-pulse
exposures. However, in the case of
MFAS/HFAS, the distance at which an
animal would receive 215 (SEL) is
farther from the source than the distance
at which they would receive 230 (SPL)
and therefore, it is not necessary to
consider 230 dB.
We note here that behaviorally
mediated injuries (such as those that
have been hypothesized as the cause of
some beaked whale strandings) could
potentially occur in response to
received levels lower than those
believed to directly result in tissue
damage. As mentioned previously, data
to support a quantitative estimate of
these potential effects (for which the
exact mechanism is not known and in
which factors other than received level
may play a significant role) do not exist.
However, based on the number of years
(more than 40) and number of hours of
MFAS per year that the U.S. (and other
countries) has operated compared to the
reported (and verified) cases of
associated marine mammal strandings,
NMFS believes that the probability of
these types of injuries is very low.
Level B Harassment Risk Function
(Behavioral Harassment)
In 2006, NMFS issued the only
MMPA authorization that has, as yet,
authorized the take of marine mammals
incidental to MFAS. For that
authorization, NMFS used 173 SEL as
the criterion for the onset of behavioral
harassment (Level B Harassment). This
type of single number criterion is
referred to as a step function, in which
(in this example) all animals estimated
PO 00000
Frm 00043
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35551
to be exposed to received levels above
173 SEL would be predicted to be taken
by Level B Harassment and all animals
exposed to less than 173 SEL would not
be taken by Level B Harassment. As
mentioned previously, marine mammal
behavioral responses to sound are
highly variable and context specific
(affected by differences in acoustic
conditions; differences between species
and populations; differences in gender,
age, reproductive status, or social
behavior; or the prior experience of the
individuals), which does not support
the use of a step function to estimate
behavioral harassment.
Unlike step functions, acoustic risk
continuum functions (which are also
called ‘‘exposure-response functions,’’
‘‘dose-response functions,’’ or ‘‘stressresponse functions’’ in other risk
assessment contexts) allow for
probability of a response that NMFS
would classify as harassment to occur
over a range of possible received levels
(instead of one number) and assume that
the probability of a response depends
first on the ‘‘dose’’ (in this case, the
received level of sound) and that the
probability of a response increases as
the ‘‘dose’’ increases (see Figure 3a).
The Navy and NMFS have previously
used acoustic risk functions to estimate
the probable responses of marine
mammals to acoustic exposures for
other training and research programs.
Examples of previous application
include the Navy FEISs on the
SURTASS LFA sonar (U.S. Department
of the Navy, 2001c); the North Pacific
Acoustic Laboratory experiments
conducted off the Island of Kauai (Office
of Naval Research, 2001), and the
Supplemental EIS for SURTASS LFA
sonar (U.S. Department of the Navy,
2007d). As discussed in the Effects
section, factors other than received level
(such as distance from or bearing to the
sound source) can affect the way that
marine mammals respond; however,
data to support a quantitative analysis of
those (and other factors) do not
currently exist. NMFS will continue to
modify these criteria as new data
becomes available.
The particular acoustic risk functions
developed by NMFS and the Navy (see
Figures 3a and b) estimate the
probability of behavioral responses to
MFAS/HFAS (interpreted as the
percentage of the exposed population)
that NMFS would classify as harassment
for the purposes of the MMPA given
exposure to specific received levels of
MFA sonar. The mathematical function
(below) underlying this curve is a
cumulative probability distribution
adapted from a solution in Feller (1968)
and was also used in predicting risk for
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
35552
the Navy’s SURTASS LFA MMPA
authorization as well.
−A
L−B
1−
K
R=
−2 A
L−B
1−
K
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
Where:
R = Risk (0—1.0)
L = Received level (dB re: 1 µPa)
B = Basement received level = 120 dB re: 1
µPa
K = Received level increment above B where
50 percent risk = 45 dB re: 1 µPa
A = Risk transition sharpness parameter = 10
(odontocetes) or 8 (mysticetes)
In order to use this function to
estimate the percentage of an exposed
population that would respond in a
manner that NMFS classifies as Level B
Harassment, based on a given received
level, the values for B, K and A need to
be identified.
B Parameter (Basement)—The B
parameter is the estimated received
level below which the probability of
disruption of natural behavioral
patterns, such as migration, surfacing,
nursing, breeding, feeding, or sheltering,
to a point where such behavioral
patterns are abandoned or significantly
altered approaches zero for the MFAS/
HFAS risk assessment. At this received
level, the curve would predict that the
percentage of the exposed population
that would be taken by Level B
Harassment approaches zero. For
MFAS/HFAS, NMFS has determined
that B = 120 dB. This level is based on
a broad overview of the levels at which
many species have been reported
responding to a variety of sound
sources.
K Parameter (representing the 50
percent Risk Point)—The K parameter is
based on the received level that
corresponds to 50 percent risk, or the
received level at which we believe 50
percent of the animals exposed to the
designated received level will respond
in a manner that NMFS classifies as
Level B Harassment. The K parameter (K
= 45 dB) is based on three datasets in
which marine mammals exposed to
mid-frequency sound sources were
reported to respond in a manner that
NMFS would classify as Level B
Harassment. There is widespread
consensus that marine mammal
responses to MFA sound signals need to
be better defined using controlled
exposure experiments (Cox et al., 2006;
Southall et al., 2007). The Navy is
contributing to an ongoing behavioral
response study in the Bahamas that is
expected to provide some initial
information on beaked whales, the
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
species identified as the most sensitive
to MFAS. NMFS is leading this
international effort with scientists from
various academic institutions and
research organizations to conduct
studies on how marine mammals
respond to underwater sound
exposures. Additionally, the Navy plans
to tag whales in conjunction with the
2008 RIMPAC exercises. Until
additional data is available, however,
NMFS and the Navy have determined
that the following three data sets are
most applicable for the direct use in
establishing the K parameter for the
MFAS/HFAS risk function. These data
sets, summarized below, represent the
only known data that specifically relate
altered behavioral responses (that NMFS
would consider Level B Harassment) to
exposure to MFAS sources.
Even though these data are considered
the most representative of the proposed
specified activities, and therefore the
most appropriate on which to base the
K parameter (which basically
determines the midpoint) of the risk
function, these data have limitations,
which are discussed in Appendix J of
the Navy’s FEIS for the HRC.
1. Controlled Laboratory Experiments
with Odontocetes (SSC Dataset)—Most
of the observations of the behavioral
responses of toothed whales resulted
from a series of controlled experiments
on bottlenose dolphins and beluga
whales conducted by researchers at
SSC’s facility in San Diego, California
(Finneran et al., 2001, 2003, 2005;
Finneran and Schlundt, 2004; Schlundt
et al., 2000). In experimental trials
(designed to measure TTS) with marine
mammals trained to perform tasks when
prompted, scientists evaluated whether
the marine mammals performed these
tasks when exposed to mid-frequency
tones. Altered behavior during
experimental trials usually involved
refusal of animals to return to the site
of the sound stimulus, but also included
attempts to avoid an exposure in
progress, aggressive behavior, or refusal
to further participate in tests.
Finneran and Schlundt (2004)
examined behavioral observations
recorded by the trainers or test
coordinators during the Schlundt et al.
(2000) and Finneran et al. (2001, 2003,
2005) experiments. These included
observations from 193 exposure sessions
(fatiguing stimulus level > 141 dB re
1Pa) conducted by Schlundt et al.
(2000) and 21 exposure sessions
conducted by Finneran et al. (2001,
2003, 2005). The TTS experiments that
supported Finneran and Schlundt
(2004) are further explained below:
• Schlundt et al. (2000) provided a
detailed summary of the behavioral
PO 00000
Frm 00044
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
responses of trained marine mammals
during TTS tests conducted at SSC San
Diego with 1-sec tones and exposure
frequencies of 0.4 kHz, 3 kHz, 10 kHz,
20 kHz and 75 kHz. Schlundt et al.
(2000) reported eight individual TTS
experiments. The experiments were
conducted in San Diego Bay. Because of
the variable ambient noise in the bay,
low-level broadband masking noise was
used to keep hearing thresholds
consistent despite fluctuations in the
ambient noise. Schlundt et al. (2000)
reported that ‘‘behavioral alterations,’’
or deviations from the behaviors the
animals being tested had been trained to
exhibit, occurred as the animals were
exposed to increasing fatiguing stimulus
levels.
• Finneran et al. (2001, 2003, 2005)
conducted 2 separate TTS experiments
using 1-sec tones at 3 kHz. The test
methods were similar to that of
Schlundt et al. (2000) except the tests
were conducted in a pool with very low
ambient noise level (below 50 dB re 1
µPa2/hertz [Hz]), and no masking noise
was used. In the first, fatiguing sound
levels were increased from 160 to 201
dB SPL. In the second experiment,
fatiguing sound levels between 180 and
200 dB SPL were randomly presented.
Bottlenose dolphins exposed to 1second (sec) intense tones exhibited
short-term changes in behavior above
received sound levels of 178 to 193 dB
re 1 µPa (rms), and beluga whales did
so at received levels of 180 to 196 dB
and above.
2. Mysticete Field Study (Nowacek et
al., 2004)—The only available and
applicable data relating mysticete
responses to exposure to mid-frequency
sound sources is from Nowacek et al.
(2004). Nowacek et al. (2004)
documented observations of the
behavioral response of North Atlantic
right whales exposed to alert stimuli
containing mid-frequency components
in the Bay of Fundy. Investigators used
archival digital acoustic recording tags
(DTAG) to record the behavior (by
measuring pitch, roll, heading, and
depth) of right whales in the presence
of an alert signal, and to calibrate
received sound levels. The alert signal
was 18 minutes of exposure consisting
of three 2-minute signals played
sequentially three times over. The three
signals had a 60 percent duty cycle and
consisted of: (1) Alternating 1-sec pure
tones at 500 Hz and 850 Hz; (2) a 2-sec
logarithmic down-sweep from 4,500 Hz
to 500 Hz; and (3) a pair of low (1,500
Hz)-high (2,000 Hz) sine wave tones
amplitude modulated at 120 Hz and
each 1-sec long. The purposes of the
alert signal were (a) to pique the
mammalian auditory system with
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
EP23JN08.000
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
disharmonic signals that cover the
whales’ estimated hearing range; (b) to
maximize the signal to noise ratio
(obtain the largest difference between
background noise) and c) to provide
localization cues for the whale. The
maximum source level used was 173 dB
SPL.
Nowacek et al. (2004) reported that
five out of six whales exposed to the
alert signal with maximum received
levels ranging from 133 to 148 dB re 1
µPa significantly altered their regular
behavior and did so in identical fashion.
Each of these five whales: (i)
Abandoned their current foraging dive
prematurely as evidenced by curtailing
their ‘bottom time’; (ii) executed a
shallow-angled, high power (i.e.
significantly increased fluke stroke rate)
ascent; (iii) remained at or near the
surface for the duration of the exposure,
an abnormally long surface interval; and
(iv) spent significantly more time at
subsurface depths (1–10 m) compared
with normal surfacing periods when
whales normally stay within 1 m (1.1
yd) of the surface.
3. Odontocete Field Data (Haro
Strait—USS SHOUP)—In May 2003,
killer whales (Orcinus orca) were
observed exhibiting behavioral
responses generally described as
avoidance behavior while the U.S. Ship
(USS) SHOUP was engaged in MFAS in
the Haro Strait in the vicinity of Puget
Sound, Washington. Those observations
have been documented in three reports
developed by Navy and NMFS (NMFS,
2005; Fromm, 2004a, 2004b; DON,
2003). Although these observations were
made in an uncontrolled environment,
the sound field that may have been
associated with the sonar operations
was estimated using standard acoustic
propagation models that were verified
(for some but not all signals) based on
calibrated in situ measurements from an
independent researcher who recorded
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
the sounds during the event. Behavioral
observations were reported for the group
of whales during the event by an
experienced marine mammal biologist
who happened to be on the water
studying them at the time. The
observations associated with the USS
SHOUP provide the only data set
available of the behavioral responses of
wild, non-captive animal upon actual
exposure to AN/SQS–53 sonar.
U.S. Department of Commerce
(National Marine Fisheries, 2005a); U.S.
Department of the Navy (2004b); Fromm
(2004a, 2004b) documented
reconstruction of sound fields produced
by USS SHOUP associated with the
behavioral response of killer whales
observed in Haro Strait. Observations
from this reconstruction included an
approximate closest approach time
which was correlated to a reconstructed
estimate of received level (which ranged
from 150 to 180 dB) at an approximate
whale location with a mean value of
169.3 dB SPL.
Calculation of K Paramenter—NMFS
and the Navy used the mean of the
following values to define the midpoint
of the function: (1) The mean of the
lowest received levels (185.3 dB) at
which individuals responded with
altered behavior to 3 kHz tones in the
SSC data set; (2) the estimated mean
received level value of 169.3 dB
produced by the reconstruction of the
USS SHOUP incident in which killer
whales exposed to MFA sonar (range
modeled possible received levels: 150 to
180 dB); and (3) the mean of the 5
maximum received levels at which
Nowacek et al. (2004) observed
significantly altered responses of right
whales to the alert stimuli than to the
control (no input signal) is 139.2 dB
SPL. The arithmetic mean of these three
mean values is 165 dB SPL. The value
of K is the difference between the value
PO 00000
Frm 00045
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35553
of B (120 dB SPL) and the 50 percent
value of 165 dB SPL; therefore, K=45.
A Parameter (Steepness)—NMFS
determined that a steepness parameter
(A)=10 is appropriate for odontocetes
and pinnipeds and A=8 is appropriate
for mysticetes.
The use of a steepness parameter of
A=10 for odontocetes for the MFAS/
HFAS risk function was based on the
use of the same value for the SURTASS
LFA risk continuum, which was
supported by a sensitivity analysis of
the parameter presented in Appendix D
of the SURTASS/LFA FEIS (U.S.
Department of the Navy, 2001c). As
concluded in the SURTASS FEIS/EIS,
the value of A=10 produces a curve that
has a more gradual transition than the
curves developed by the analyses of
migratory gray whale studies (Malme et
al., 1984; Buck and Tyack, 2000; and
SURTASS LFA Sonar EIS, Subchapters
1.43, 4.2.4.3 and Appendix D, and
National Marine Fisheries Service,
2008).
NMFS determined that a lower
steepness parameter (A=8), resulting in
a shallower curve, was appropriate for
use with mysticetes and MFAS/HFAS.
The Nowacek et al. (2004) dataset
contains the only data illustrating
mysticete behavioral responses to a midfrequency sound source. A shallower
curve (achieved by using A=8) better
reflects the risk of behavioral response
at the relatively low received levels at
which behavioral responses of right
whales were reported in the Nowacek et
al. (2004) data. Compared to the
odontocete curve, this adjustment
results in an increase the proportion of
the exposed population of mysticetes
being classified as behaviorally harassed
at lower RLs, such as those reported in
and is supported by the only dataset
currently available.
BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
35554
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
BILLING CODE 3510–22–C
Basic Application of the Risk
Function—The risk function is used to
estimate the percentage of an exposed
population that is likely to exhibit
behaviors that would qualify as
harassment (as that term is defined by
the MMPA applicable to military
readiness activities, such as the Navy’s
testing and training with MFA sonar) at
a given received level of sound. For
example, at 165 dB SPL (dB re: 1 µPa
rms), the risk (or probability) of
harassment is defined according to this
function as 50 percent, and Navy/NMFS
applies that by estimating that 50
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
percent of the individuals exposed at
that received level are likely to respond
by exhibiting behavior that NMFS
would classify as behavioral
harassment. The risk function is not
applied to individual animals, only to
exposed populations.
The data primarily used to produce
the risk function (the K parameter) were
compiled from four species that had
been exposed to sound sources in a
variety of different circumstances. As a
result, the risk function represents a
general relationship between acoustic
exposures and behavioral responses that
is then applied to specific
PO 00000
Frm 00046
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
circumstances. That is, the risk function
represents a relationship that is deemed
to be generally true, based on the
limited, best-available science, but may
not be true in specific circumstances. In
particular, the risk function, as currently
derived, treats the received level as the
only variable that is relevant to a marine
mammal’s behavioral response.
However, we know that many other
variables—the marine mammal’s
gender, age, and prior experience; the
activity it is engaged in during an
exposure event, its distance from a
sound source, the number of sound
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
EP23JN08.015
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
perceived as approaching or moving
away can affect the way an animal
responds to a sound (Wartzok et al.,
2003). In the HRC example, animals
exposed to received levels between 120
and 130 dB may be more than 65
nautical miles (131,651 yards (120,381
m)) from a sound source (Table 16);
those distances could influence whether
those animals perceive the sound source
as a potential threat, and their
behavioral responses to that threat.
Though there are data showing marine
mammal responses to sound sources at
that received level, NMFS does not
currently have any data that describe
the response of marine mammals to
sounds at that distance, much less data
that compare responses to similar sound
levels at varying distances (much less
for MFAS/HFAS). However, if data were
Take Calculations
determines number of exposures to
levels indicated in criteria above (i.e.,
number of takes); post-modeling
corrections refine estimates to make
them more accurate; mitigation is taken
into consideration. More information
regarding the models used, the
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
Estimating the take that will result
from the proposed activities entails the
following four steps: Propagation model
estimates animals exposed to sources at
different levels; further modeling
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
PO 00000
Frm 00047
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
to become available, NMFS would reevaluate the risk function and to
incorporate any additional variables
into the ‘‘take’’ estimates.
Explosive Detonation Criteria
The criteria for mortality, Level A
Harassment, and Level B Harassment
resulting from explosive detonations
were initially developed for the Navy’s
Sea Wolf and Churchill ship-shock trials
and have not changed since other
MMPA authorizations issued for
explosive detonations. The criteria,
which are applied to cetaceans and
pinnipeds, are summarized in Table 13.
Additional information regarding the
derivation of these criteria is available
in the Navy’s FEIS for the HRC and in
the Navy’s CHURCHILL FEIS (U.S.
Department of the Navy, 2001c).
assumptions used in the models, and
the process of estimating take is
available in Appendix J of the Navy’s
FEIS for the HRC.
BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
EP23JN08.016
sources, and whether the sound sources
are approaching or moving away from
the animal—can be critically important
in determining whether and how a
marine mammal will respond to a sound
source (Southall et al., 2007). The data
that are currently available do not allow
for incorporation of these other
variables in the current risk functions;
however, the risk function represents
the best use of the data that are
available.
As more specific and applicable data
become available for MFAS/HFAS
sources, NMFS can use these data to
modify the outputs generated by the risk
function to make them more realistic.
Ultimately, data may exist to justify the
use of additional, alternate, or multivariate functions. For example, as
mentioned previously, the distance from
the sound source and whether it is
35555
VerDate Aug<31>2005
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
17:19 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
PO 00000
Frm 00048
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
EP23JN08.017
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
35556
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
(1) In order to quantify the types of
take described in previous sections that
are predicted to result from the Navy’s
specified activities, the Navy first uses
a sound propagation model that predicts
the number of animals that will be
exposed to a range of levels of pressure
and energy (of the metrics used in the
criteria) from MFAS/HFAS and
explosive detonations based on several
important pieces of information,
including:
• Characteristics of the sound
sources.
Æ Sonar source characteristics
include: Source level (with horizontal
and vertical directivity corrections),
source depth, center frequency, source
directivity (horizontal/vertical beam
width and horizontal/vertical steer
direction), and ping spacing.
Æ Explosive source characteristics
include: The weight of an explosive, the
type of explosive, the detonation depth,
number of successive explosions.
• Transmission loss (in 20
representative environmental provinces
across 8 sonar modeling areas) based on:
Water depth; sound speed variability
throughout the water column (presume
surface duct is present in HRC); bottom
geo-acoustic properties (bathymetry);
and wind speed.
• The density of each marine
mammal species in the HRC (see Table
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
14), horizontally distributed uniformly
and vertically distributed according to
dive profiles based on field data.
(2) Next, the criteria discussed in the
previous section are applied to the
estimated exposures to predict the
number of exposures that exceed the
criteria, i.e., the number of takes by
Level B Harassment, Level A
Harassment, and mortality.
(3) During the development of the EIS
for the HRC, NMFS and the Navy
determined that the output of the model
could be made more realistic by
applying post-modeling corrections to
account for the following:
• Acoustic footprints for sonar
sources must account for land masses
(by subtracting them out).
• Acoustic footprints for sonar
sources should not be added
independently, rather, the degree to
which the footprints from multiple
ships participating in the same exercise
would typically overlap needs to be
taken into consideration.
• Acoustic modeling should account
for the maximum number of individuals
of a species that could potentially be
exposed to sonar within the course of 1
day or a discreet continuous sonar event
if less than 24 hours.
(4) Mitigation measures are taken into
consideration. For example, in some
cases the raw modeled numbers of
PO 00000
Frm 00049
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35557
exposures to levels predicted to result in
Level A Harassment from exposure to
sonar might indicate that 1 fin whale
would be exposed to levels of sonar
anticipated to result in PTS—However,
a fin whale would need to be within
approximately 10 m of the source vessel
in order to be exposed to these levels.
Because of the mitigation measures
(watchstanders and shutdown zone),
size of fin whales, and nature of fin
whale behavior, it is highly unlikely
that a fin whale would be exposed to
those levels, and therefore the Navy
would not request authorization for
Level A Harassment of 1 fin whale.
Table 15 contains the Navy’s estimated
take estimates.
(5) Last, the Navy’s specified activities
have been described based on best
estimates of the number of MFAS/HFAS
hours that the Navy will conduct. The
exact number of hours may vary from
year to year, but will not exceed the 5year total indicated in Table 3 (by
multiplying the yearly estimate by 5) by
more than 10 percent. NMFS estimates
that a 10-percent increase in sonar hours
would result in approximately a 10
percent increase in the number of takes,
and we have considered this possibility
in our analysis.
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
35558
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
PO 00000
Frm 00050
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
EP23JN08.018
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
BILLING CODE 3510–22–C
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
Mortality
Evidence from five beaked whale
strandings, all of which have taken
place outside the HRC, and have
occurred over approximately a decade,
suggests that the exposure of beaked
whales to mid-frequency sonar in the
presence of certain conditions (e.g.,
multiple units using tactical sonar, steep
bathymetry, constricted channels, strong
surface ducts, etc.) may result in
strandings, potentially leading to
mortality. Although these physical
factors believed to contribute to the
likelihood of beaked whale strandings
are not present, in their aggregate, in the
Hawaiian Islands, scientific uncertainty
exists regarding what other factors, or
combination of factors, may contribute
to beaked whale strandings.
Accordingly, to allow for scientific
uncertainty regarding contributing
causes of beaked whale strandings and
the exact behavioral or physiological
mechanisms that can lead to the
ultimate physical effects (stranding and/
or death), the Navy has requested
authorization for take, by serious injury
or mortality, of 10 individuals of each
of the following species over the course
of the five-year rule: bottlenose dolphin,
Kogia spp., melon-headed whale,
pantropical spotted dolphin, pygmy
killer whale, short-finned pilot whale,
striped dolphin, Cuvier’s, Longman’s,
and Blainville’s beaked whales. Neither
NMFS nor the Navy anticipates that
marine mammal strandings or mortality
will result from the operation of midfrequency sonar during Navy exercises
within the HRC.
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
‘‘Take’’ Interpretation
For explosive detonations, a ‘‘take’’
(as reported in the take table and
proposed to be authorized), is very
simply, an instance of exposure of a
marine mammal to levels above those
indicated in the criteria. Every separate
take does necessarily represent effects to
a separate animal, some of the takes may
be takes that occur to the same animal,
either within one day and one exercise,
or on different days from different
exercise types.
For MFAS/HFAS, TTS and PTS takes
can be described the same as the
explosive detonation takes described
above. Alternately, for behavioral
harassment a take is slightly different
from that described above. Within the
context of exposure to continuous ASW
within exercises that last less than 24
hrs (they typically last less than 16 hrs),
one behavioral harassment take might
include more than one exposure to
MFAS/HFAS levels above those
identified on the risk continuum within
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
the 11–16-hr. Then, however, the
estimated numbers of take (in the take
table) represent instances of take. Again,
every separate take does necessarily
represent effects to a separate animal,
some animals may be taken (which, as
mentioned above, may include multiple
exposures within one day) more than
one time on different days as a result of
exposure to different exercises.
Effects on Marine Mammal Habitat
There are no areas within the HRC
that are specifically considered as
important physical habitat for marine
mammals. The nearshore areas in and
around the Hawaiian Humpback Whale
National Marine Sanctuary contain very
important breeding and calving habitat
for the humpback whale, however
effects in this area have been analyzed
previously in this document in the
context of the whales themselves.
Additionally, in 2007, the Navy only
conducted sonar training in the areas
where humpback whales are known to
be densest for a total of approximately
30–40 hours.
The prey of marine mammals are
considered part of their habitat. The
Navy’s FEIS for the HRC contains a
detailed discussion of the potential
effects to fish from MFAS/HFAS and
explosive detonations. Below is a
summary of conclusions regarding those
effects.
Effects on Fish From MFAS/HFAS
The extent of data, and particularly
scientifically peer-reviewed data, on the
effects of high intensity sounds on fish
is limited. In considering the available
literature, the vast majority of fish
species studied to date are hearing
generalists and cannot hear sounds
above 500 to 1,500 Hz (depending upon
the species), and, therefore, behavioral
effects on these species from higher
frequency sounds are not likely.
Moreover, even those fish species that
may hear above 1.5 kHz, such as a few
sciaenids and the clupeids (and
relatives), have relatively poor hearing
above 1.5 kHz as compared to their
hearing sensitivity at lower frequencies.
Therefore, even among the species that
have hearing ranges that overlap with
some mid- and high-frequency sounds,
it is likely that the fish will only
actually hear the sounds if the fish and
source are very close to one another.
And, finally, since the vast majority of
sounds that are of biological relevance
to fish are below 1 kHz (e.g., Zelick et
al., 1999; Ladich and Popper, 2004),
even if a fish detects a mid-or highfrequency sound, these sounds will not
mask detection of lower frequency
biologically relevant sounds. Based on
PO 00000
Frm 00051
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35559
the above information, there will likely
be few, if any, behavioral impacts on
fish.
Alternatively, it is possible that very
intense mid- and high-frequency
signals, and particularly explosives,
could have a physical impact on fish,
resulting in damage to the swim bladder
and other organ systems. However, even
these kinds of effects have only been
shown in a few cases in response to
explosives, and only when the fish has
been very close to the source. Such
effects have never been indicated in
response to any Navy sonar. Moreover,
at greater distances (the distance clearly
would depend on the intensity of the
signal from the source) there appears to
be little or no impact on fish, and
particularly no impact on fish that do
not have a swim bladder or other air
bubble that would be affected by rapid
pressure changes.
Effects on Fish From Explosive
Detonations
Underwater detonations are possible
during SINKEX, EER/IEER, A–S
MISSILEX, S–S MISSILEX, BOMBEX,
S–S GUNEX, and NSFS. The weapons
used in most missile and Live Fire
Exercises pose little risk to fish unless
the fish were near the surface at the
point of impact. Machine guns (50
caliber) and close-in weapons systems
(anti-missile systems) fire exclusively
non-explosive ammunition. The same
applies to larger weapons firing inert
ordnance for training (e.g., 5-inch guns
and 76-mm guns). The rounds pose an
extremely low risk of a direct hit and
potential to directly affect a marine
species. Target area clearance
procedures will again reduce this risk.
A SINKEX uses a variety of live fire
weapons. These rounds pose a risk only
at the point of impact.
Several factors determine a fish’s
susceptibility to harm from underwater
detonations. Most injuries in fish
involve damage to air-or gas-containing
organs (i.e., the swim bladder). Fish
with swim bladders are vulnerable to
effects of explosives, while fish without
swim bladders are much more resistant
(Yelverton, 1981; Young, 1991).
Research has focused on the effects on
the swim bladder from underwater
detonations but not the ears of fish
(Edds-Walton and Finneran, 2006).
For underwater demolition training,
the effects on fish from a given amount
of explosive depend on location, season,
and many other factors. O’Keeffe (1984)
provides charts that allow estimation of
the potential effect on swim-bladder fish
using a damage prediction method
developed by Goertner (1982).
O’Keeffe’s parameters include the size
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
35560
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
of the fish and its location relative to the
explosive source, but are independent of
environmental conditions (e.g., depth of
fish, explosive shot, frequency content).
Based on O’Keeffe’s parameters,
potential impacts on fish from
underwater demolition detonations
would be negligible. A small number of
fish are expected to be injured by
detonation of explosive, and some fish
located in proximity to the initial
detonations can be expected to die.
However, the overall impacts on water
column habitat would be localized and
transient. As training begins, the natural
reaction of fish in the vicinity would be
to leave the area. When training events
are completed, the fish stock would be
expected to return to the area.
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
Essential Fish Habitat (EFH)
Determination
EFH is defined as ‘‘those waters and
substrates necessary to fish for
spawning, breeding, feeding or growth
to maturity.’’ Adverse effects on EFH are
defined further as ‘‘any impact that
reduces the quality and/or quantity of
EFH’’ and may include ‘‘site specific or
habitat-wide impacts, including
individual, cumulative or synergistic
consequences of actions’’, as well as
direct or indirect physical, chemical, or
biological alterations of the waters or
substrate and loss of, or injury to,
benthic organisms, prey species and
their habitat, and other ecosystem
components, if such modifications
reduce the quality and/or quantity of
EFH. The HRC is located in an area that
has been identified as essential fish
habitat under the following Western
Pacific Regional Fishery Management
Council (WPRFMC) Fishery
Management Plans (FMPs): Pelagics
(eggs, larvae, juveniles, and adults),
Bottomfish (eggs, larvae, juveniles, and
adults), Crustaceans (eggs, larvae,
juveniles, and adults), Coral Reef
Ecosystem (eggs, larvae, juveniles, and
adults) and Precious Corals.
The Navy does not anticipate
permanent, adverse impacts on EFH
components since training activities are
conducted to avoid potential impacts;
however, there are temporary
unavoidable impacts associated with
several training activities that may
result in temporary and localized
impacts. In addition, a single operation
may potentially have multiple effects on
EFH. The current and proposed training
activities in the HRC have the potential
to result in the following impacts:
• Physical disruption of open ocean
habitat.
• Physical destruction or adverse
modification of benthic habitats.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
• Alteration of water or sediment
quality from debris or discharge.
• Cumulative impacts.
Each impact and operation associated
with those impacts are discussed in a
separate document, Essential Fish
Habitat and Coral Reef Assessment for
the Hawaii Range Complex EIS/OEIS
(U.S. Department of the Navy, 2007b)
and a summary for each proposed
activity is provided. Potential impacts
on FMP species include direct and
indirect effects from sonar and shock
waves (see discussion above and EFH
document, U.S. Department of the Navy,
2007a). Numerous training activities
may affect benthic habitats from debris,
and there may also be temporary
impacts on water quality from increased
turbidity or release of materials.
However, due to the mitigation
measures implemented to protect
sensitive habitats, and the localized and
temporary impacts of the Proposed
Action, the Navy concluded that the
potential impact of the Proposed Action
and alternatives on EFH for the five
major FMPs and their associated
management units would be minimal.
Additional detail is provided in the
Navy’s FEIS on effects on EFH.
NMFS reviewed the Navy’s Essential
Fish Habitat and Coral Reef Assessment
for the Hawaii Range Complex EIS/OEIS
(2007) in accordance with the Fish and
Wildlife Coordination Act (16 U.S.C.
Section 662(a)), the Magnuson-Stevens
Fishery Conservation and Management
Act (MSA) (16 U.S.C. Section
1855(b)(2)), the Coral Reef Executive
Order 13089, and NMFS’’ essential fish
habitat (EFH) regulations (50 CFR
600.905–930).
The Navy proposed the following
mitigation measures to minimize
impacts to EFH: conducting training
activities in open ocean away from
sensitive EFH, avoiding areas of live
coral during inshore training activities,
and restricting amphibious landing to
specific areas of designated beaches.
NMFS concurred that it is unlikely that
the proposed project would have
adverse impacts to EFH for the various
WPRFMC FMPs, provided the proposed
mitigation measures were implemented
to protect EFH in the area of operation.
Analysis and Negligible Impact
Determination
Pursuant to NMFS regulations
implementing the MMPA, an applicant
is required to estimate the number of
animals that will be ‘‘taken’’ by the
specified activities (i.e., takes by
harassment only, or takes by
harassment, injury, and/or death). This
estimate informs the analysis that NMFS
must perform to determine whether the
PO 00000
Frm 00052
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
activity will have a ‘‘negligible impact’’
on the species or stock. Level B
(behavioral) harassment occurs at the
level of the individual(s) and does not
assume any resulting population-level
consequences, though there are known
avenues through which behavioral
disturbance of individuals can result in
population-level effects (for example:
pink-footed geese (Anser
brachyrhynchus) in undisturbed habitat
gained body mass and had about a 46
percent reproductive success compared
with geese in disturbed habitat (being
consistently scared off the fields on
which they were foraging) which did
not gain mass and has a 17 percent
reproductive success). A negligible
impact finding is based on the lack of
likely adverse effects on annual rates of
recruitment or survival (i.e., populationlevel effects). An estimate of the number
of Level B harassment takes, alone, is
not enough information on which to
base an impact determination. In
addition to considering estimates of the
number of marine mammals that might
be ‘‘taken’’ through behavioral
harassment, NMFS must consider other
factors, such as the likely nature of any
responses (their intensity, duration,
etc.), the context of any responses
(critical reproductive time or location,
migration, etc.), or any of the other
variables mentioned in the first
paragraph (if known), as well as the
number and nature of estimated Level A
takes, the number of estimated
mortalities, and effects on habitat.
Generally speaking, and especially with
other factors being equal, the Navy and
NMFS anticipate more severe effects
from takes resulting from exposure to
higher received levels (though this is in
no way a strictly linear relationship
throughout species, individuals, or
circumstances) and less severe effects
from takes resulting from exposure to
lower received levels.
The Navy’s specified activities have
been described based on best estimates
of the number of MFAS/HFAS hours
that the Navy will conduct. The exact
number of hours may vary from year to
year, but will not exceed the 5-year total
indicated in Table 3 (by multiplying the
yearly estimate by 5) by more than 10
percent. NMFS estimates that a 10
percent increase in sonar hours would
result in approximately a 10 percent
increase in the number of takes, and we
have considered this possibility in our
analysis.
Taking the above into account, and
considering the sections discussed
below, NMFS has preliminarily
determined that Navy training exercises
utilizing MFAS/HFAS and underwater
detonations will have a negligible
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
Behavioral Harassment
As discussed in the Potential Effects
of Exposure of Marine Mammals to
MFAS/HFAS and Underwater
Detonations Section and illustrated in
the conceptual framework (Figure 2),
marine mammals can respond to MFAS/
HFAS in many different ways, a subset
of which qualify as harassment (see
Behavioral Harassment Section). One
thing that the take estimates do not take
Because the Navy has only been
monitoring specifically to discern the
effects of MFAS/HFAS on marine
mammals since 2006, and because of the
overall datagap regarding the effects
MFAS/HFAS on marine mammals, not
a lot is known regarding, specifically,
how marine mammals in the Hawaiian
Islands will respond to MFAS/HFAS.
For the five MTEs for which NMFS has
received a monitoring report, no
instances of obvious behavioral
disturbance were observed either by the
Navy watchstanders or the independent
observers (and a portion of the
independent observations were reported
within the vicinity of operating MFAS)
in the 1,200+ hours of effort in which
77 sightings of marine mammals were
made. One cannot conclude from these
results that marine mammals were not
harassed from MFAS/HFAS, as certainly
a portion of animals within the area of
concern were not seen (especially those
more cryptic deep-diving species, such
as beaked whales or Kogia sp.) and some
of the non-biologist watchstanders
might not be well-qualified to
characterize behaviors. However, one
can say that the animals that were
observed, which in the case of the
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
into account is the fact that most marine
mammals will likely avoid the source to
one extent or another. Although an
animal that avoids the sound source
might still be taken in some instances
(such as if the avoidance results in a
missed opportunity to feed, interruption
of reproductive behaviors, etc.) in other
cases avoidance may result in fewer
instances of take than were estimated or
in the takes resulting from exposure to
a lower received level than was
estimated, which could result in a less
severe response. For MFAS/HFAS, the
Navy provided information (Table 16)
estimating what percentage of the total
takes occur within the 10-dB bins
(without considering mitigation or
avoidance) that are within the received
levels considered in the risk continuum
and for TTS and PTS. As mentioned
above, an animal’s exposure to a higher
received level is more likely to result in
a behavioral response that is more likely
to adversely affect the health of the
animal.
watchstanders observations were the
ones closest to the source and likely
exposed to the highest levels, did not
respond in any of the obviously more
severe ways, such as panic, aggression,
or anti-predator response.
In addition to the monitoring that will
be required pursuant to this LOA, which
is specifically designed to help us better
understand how marine mammals
respond to sound, the Navy and NMFS
have developed, funded, and begun
conducting a controlled exposure
experiment with beaked whales in the
Bahamas.
directly affect reproduction or survival
(Southall et al., 2007).
In the previous section, we discussed
the fact that potential behavioral
responses to MFAS/HFAS that fall into
the category of harassment could range
in severity. By definition, the takes by
behavioral harassment involve the
disturbance of a marine mammal or
marine mammal stock in the wild by
causing disruption of natural behavioral
patterns (such as migration, surfacing,
nursing, breeding, feeding, or sheltering)
to a point where such behavioral
patterns are abandoned or significantly
altered. These reactions would,
however, be more of a concern if they
were expected to last over 24 hours or
be repeated in subsequent days, which
is not expected. Because of the need to
train in a large variety of situations, the
Navy does not typically conduct
successive MTEs or other ASW
exercises in the same locations (with the
exception of the Navy’s permanent
instrumented ranges, such as PMRF
located off Kaui). Within one multi-day
exercise, the participants could
potentially stay in one general area for
multiple days, but the area would
typically cover something like 5000 mi2.
Separately, the average length of ASW
Diel Cycle
As noted previously, many animals
perform vital functions, such as feeding,
resting, traveling, and socializing, a diel
cycle (24-hr cycle). Substantive
behavioral reactions to noise exposure
(such as disruption of critical life
functions, displacement, or avoidance of
important habitat) are more likely to be
significant if they last more than one
diel cycle or recur on subsequent days
(Southall et al., 2007). Consequently, a
behavioral response lasting less than
one day and not recurring on
subsequent days is not considered
particularly severe unless it could
PO 00000
Frm 00053
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
EP23JN08.019
impact on the marine mammal species
and stocks present in the HRC.
35561
35562
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
exercises (times of continuous sonar
use) is approximately 12–16 hours and
the vessels involved are typically
moving at a speed of 10–12 knots. When
this is combined with the fact that the
majority of the cetaceans in the HRC
would not likely remain in an area for
successive days (especially an area in
waters deeper than 2000 m, which is
where the majority of the exercises take
place), it is unlikely that animal would
be exposed to MFAS/HFAS at levels
likely to result in a substantive response
that would then be carried on for more
than one day or on successive days.
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
TTS
NMFS and the Navy have estimated
that individuals of a few species of
marine mammals may sustain some
level of TTS (from MFAS or explosives).
As mentioned previously, TTS can last
from a few minutes to days, be of
varying degree, and occur across various
frequency bandwidths. Table 15
indicates the estimated number of
animals that might sustain TTS from
exposure to MFAS or explosives (fewer
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
are likely to have TTS from explosives).
TTS is primarily classified by three
characteristics:
• Frequency—Available data (of midfrequency hearing specialists exposed to
mid to high frequency sounds—Southall
et al., 2007) suggest that most TTS
occurs in the frequency of the source up
to one octave higher than the source
(with the maximum at 1⁄2 octave above).
The two hull-mounted MFAS sources
(from which the TTS was modeled)
have center frequencies of 3.5 and 7.5
kHz, which suggests that TTS induced
by either of these sources would be in
a frequency band somewhere between
approximately 2 and 20 kHz. Tables 17a
and b summarize the vocalization data
for each species.
• Degree of the shift (i.e., how many
dB is the sensitivity of the hearing
reduced by)—generally, both the degree
of TTS and the duration of TTS will be
greater if the marine mammal is exposed
to a higher level of energy (which would
occur when the peak dB level is higher
or the duration is longer). The threshold
for the onset of TTS (> 6 dB) is 195
PO 00000
Frm 00054
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(SEL), which might be received at
distances of up to 120 m from the MFAS
source. An animal would have to
approach closer to the source or remain
in the vicinity of the sound source
appreciably longer to increase the
received SEL, which would be difficult
considering the watchstanders and the
nominal speed of a sonar vessel (15
knots). Of all TTS studies, some using
exposures of almost an hour in duration
or up to 217 SEL, most of the TTS
induced was 15 dB or less, though
Finneran et al., (2007) induced 43 dB of
TTS with a 64-sec exposure to a 20 kHZ
source (MFAS only pings 2 times/
minute).
• Duration of TTS (Recovery time)—
see above. Of all TTS laboratory studies,
some using exposures of almost an hour
in duration or up to 217 SEL, almost all
recovered within in 1 day (or less, often
in minutes), though in one study
(Finneran et al., (2007)), recovery took
4 days.
BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
PO 00000
Frm 00055
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
35563
EP23JN08.020
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
BILLING CODE 3510–22–C
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
PO 00000
Frm 00056
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
EP23JN08.021
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
35564
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
Based on the range of degree and
duration of TTS reportedly induced by
exposures to non-pulse sounds of
energy higher than that to which freeswimming marine mammals in the field
are likely to be exposed during MFAS/
HFAS training exercises, it is unlikely
that marine mammals would sustain a
TTS from MFAS that alters their
sensitivity by more than 20 dB for more
than a few days (and the majority would
be far less severe). Additionally (see
Tables 17a and 17b), though the
frequency range of TTS that marine
mammals might sustain would overlap
with some of their vocalization types,
this frequency range of TTS would not
usually span the entire frequency range
of one vocalization type, much less span
all types of vocalizations. It is worth
noting that TTS from MFAS could
potentially result in reduced sensitivity
to the vocalizations of killer whales
(potential predators). However, if
impaired, marine mammals would
typically be aware of their impairment
and implement behaviors to compensate
for it (see Communication Impairment
Section).
Acoustic Masking or Communication
Impairment
Table 17 is also informative regarding
the nature of the masking or
communication impairment that could
potentially occur from MFAS (again,
center frequencies are 3.5 and 7.5 kHz).
However, masking only occurs during
the time of the signal (and potential
secondary arrivals of indirect rays),
versus TTS, which occurs continuously
for its duration. MFAS/HFAS pings last
for about one second and occur about
once every 24–30 seconds for hullmounted sources. Though some of the
vocalizations that marine mammals
make are less than one second long,
there is only a 1 in 24 chance that they
would occur exactly when the ping was
received, and when vocalizations are
longer than one second, only parts of
them are masked. Masking effects from
MFAS/HFAS are expected to be
minimal. If masking or communication
impairment were to occur briefly, it
would be in the frequency range of
MFAS, which overlaps with some
marine mammal vocalizations, however,
it would likely not mask the entirety of
any particular vocalization or
communication series because of the
pulse length and duty cycle of the
MFAS signal.
PTS, Injury, or Mortality
No animals were predicted (through
modeling) to be exposed to levels of
MFAS/HFAS that would result in direct
physical injury. Further, NMFS believes
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
that many marine mammals would
deliberately avoid exposing themselves
to the received necessary to induce
injury levels (i.e., approaching to within
approximately 10 m (10.9 yd) (of the
source) by moving away from or at least
modifying their path to avoid a close
approach. Last, in the unlikely event
that an animal approaches the sonar
vessel at a close distance, NMFS
believes that the mitigation measures
(i.e., shutdown/powerdown zones for
MFAS/HFA) further ensure that animals
would be not be exposed to injurious
levels of sound. The Navy has indicated
that they are capable of effectively
monitoring a 1000-meter (1093-yd)
safety zone at night using night vision
goggles, infrared cameras, and passive
acoustic monitoring.
The Navy’s model estimated that 3
animals (one humpback whale, one
spotted dolphin, and one striped
dolphin) would be exposed to explosive
detonations at levels that would result
in injury—however, those estimates do
not consider mitigation measures.
Surveillance during the exercises for
which injury was estimated (which
includes aerial and passive acoustic
detection methods, when available, to
ensure clearance) begins two hours
before the exercise and extends to 2 nm
(3704 m) from the source. Because of the
behavior and visibility of these species
and the two hours of monitoring that
occurs prior to detonation, NMFS does
not think that any animals will be
exposed to levels of sound or pressure
that will result in injury from explosive
detonations.
As discussed previously, marine
mammals could potentially respond to
MFAS at a received level lower than the
injury threshold in a manner that
indirectly results in the animals
stranding. The exact mechanisms,
behavioral or physiological are not
known. However, based on the number
of occurrences where strandings have
been definitively associated with
military sonar versus the number of
hours of sonar that have been
conducted, we suggest that the
probability is small that this will occur.
Additionally, proposed monitoring of
shorelines before and after major
exercises combined with a shutdown
protocol for live, in water, strandings
minimize the chances that live milling
events turn into mortalities.
Though NMFS does not expect it to
occur, because of the uncertainty
surrounding the mechanisms that link
exposure to MFAS to stranding
(especially in beaked whales), NMFS is
proposing to authorize the injury or
mortality of 10 total individuals of each
of these species each over the course of
PO 00000
Frm 00057
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35565
the 5-yr rule: bottlenose dolphin, Kogia
spp., melon-headed whale, pantropical
spotted dolphin, pygmy killer whale,
short-finned pilot whale, striped
dolphin, and Cuvier’s, Longman’s, and
Blainville’s beaked whale.
Resident Populations/Additional
Management Units
Studies of several odontocete species
within the HRC suggest
demographically isolated populations
might exist within the EEZ and that
some species show site-fidelity. Though
only one stock is designated for the
HRC, both genetic testing and analysis
of movement suggest that a
demographically isolated inshore
population of false killer whales exists
within the Hawaiian EEZ and that
individuals from the offshore
(genetically separate) Eastern North
Pacific population are also seen
regularly within the Hawaii EEZ.
Results from Baird et al.’s, (in press)
analysis of interisland movements of
bottlenose dolphins suggest that within
the main Hawaiian Islands there are as
many as four discrete populations
corresponding to the four main island
groupings (Nihau/Kaui, Oahu, 4island:Molokai/Lanai/Maui/Kaho’olawe,
Hawaii). McSweeney et al. (2007)
analyzed a 21-yr photographic record of
Cuvier’s and Blainville’s beaked whales
and found evidence of long-term (15-yr),
multi-season site-fidelity on the west
side of Hawaii.
If the nature of the Navy’s training
exercises was such that they were
disproportionately conducting sonar in
a certain fairly large area that largely
overlapped with a particular
demographically isolated population,
stock, or resident population, additional
analysis might be needed to determine
what additional impacts might occur.
However, due to the Navy’s need to
train in a variety of bathymetric
conditions and in the vicinity of a
variety of other resources throughout
the Main Hawaiian Islands, the location
of the Navy’s training exercises are
highly variable, with the exception of
the Navy’s ranges (PMRF, etc.).
40 Years of Navy Training Exercises
Using MFAS/HFAS in the HRC
The Navy has been conducting
MFAS/HFAS training exercises in the
HRC for over 40 years. During this time,
NMFS found that sonar was a plausible,
if not likely, contributor to one milling/
stranding event that occurred in Hanalei
Bay (see Stranding section: Hanalei),
though the cause of the event was not
definitively determined. Though
monitoring specifically to determine the
effects of sonar on marine mammals was
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
35566
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
not being conducted prior to 2006 and
the symptoms indicative of potential
acoustic trauma were not as well
recognized prior to the mid-nineties,
people have been collecting stranding
data in Hawaii for 25 years. Though not
all dead or injured animals are expected
to end up on the shore (some may be
eaten or float out to sea), one might
expect that if marine mammals were
being harmed by sonar with any
regularity, more evidence would have
been detected over the 40-yr period.
Similarly, though population trends are
not available for the vast majority of the
cetacean stocks in the HRC, data
indicate that humpback whale numbers
are generally increasing both in Hawaii
(7 percent rate of increase between 1993
and 2007: Mobley, 2004) and in
Southeast Alaska (Caretta et al., 2007),
where the majority of the Hawaii
humpback whales feed over the
summer.
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
Species Conclusions
Mysticetes (Except Humpback Whale)
Bryde’s whales, fin whales, sei
whales, and Minke whales are not
expected to be encountered very often
in the HRC. 64 instances each of
behavioral harassment of Bryde’s and
Minke whales, and 46 instances each of
behavioral harassment of fin and sei
whales are estimated to result from
exposure to MFAS/HFAS (though this
number does not take the potential
avoidance of the sound source into
consideration). When the numbers of
behavioral takes are compared to the
estimated abundance and if one
assumes that each ‘‘take’’ happens to a
separate animal, less than 20 percent of
each of these Hawaiian stocks would be
behaviorally harassed during the course
of a year (each animal one time per
year). No areas of specific importance
for reproduction or feeding for these
species have been identified in the HRC.
The modeling indicates that these
species will not be exposed to levels
associated with TTS or any type of
injury as a result of the Navy’s action.
Further, NMFS believes that many
marine mammals would avoid exposing
themselves to the received levels
necessary to induce injury (i.e., avoid
getting as close to the vessel as they
would need to: within approximately 10
m) by moving away from or at least
modifying their path to avoid a close
approach. Last, NMFS believes that the
mitigation measures, including range
clearance procedures for explosives and
shutdown/exclusion zones for MFAS/
HFAS and explosives would be effective
at avoiding injurious exposures to
animals that approach the safety zone,
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
especially in the case of these large
animals.
Sperm Whales
The modeling estimates that 767
instances of sperm whale behavioral
harassment will occur as a result of
MFAS/HFAS training (758—though this
number does not take the potential
avoidance of the sound source into
consideration) or underwater
detonations (9). When the numbers of
behavioral takes are compared to the
estimated abundance and if one
assumes that each ‘‘take’’ happens to a
separate animal (and each animal one
time per year), less than 11 percent of
the sperm whale stock would be
behaviorally harassed during the course
of a year. More likely, slightly fewer
animals are harassed and a subset are
taken more than one time per year. No
areas of specific importance for
reproduction or feeding for sperm
whales have been identified in the HRC.
The Navy’s model predicted that 9
sperm whales might be exposed to
received levels of MFAS expected to
cause TTS. However, due to the large
size of an individual, large average
group size, and pronounced blow of the
sperm whale and the distance within
which TTS levels are expected to occur,
watchstanders will very likely detect
these whales in time to shut down and
prevent their exposures to levels of
MFAS associated with TTS.
The model also predicted that some
animals might experience TTS as a
result of exposure to explosive
detonations. For the same reasons listed
above, NMFS anticipates that the Navy
watchstanders would detect these
species and implement the mitigation to
avoid exposure. However, two of the
largest explosives (MK–84s and MK–
48s) used in the training exercises have
a range to TTS that is larger than the
exclusion zone (see Table 8), which
means that in the types of exercises that
utilize these explosives, it is possible
that animals could experience TTS as a
result of being exposed beyond 1 nm
(1.9 km) from the explosion. Therefore,
we estimate TTS could still occur
incidental to exercise types that utilize
the two largest explosive types these
explosives (the Navy provided NMFS
with take estimates broken down to the
exercise level), which results in an
estimate of 4 sperm whales taken by
TTS from explosive detonations.
The modeling indicates that sperm
whales will not be exposed to levels
associated with any type of injury or
death as a result of the Navy’s action.
Further, NMFS believes that many
marine mammals would deliberately
avoid exposing themselves to MFAS/
PO 00000
Frm 00058
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
HFAS at the received levels necessary to
induce injury (and avoid getting as close
to the vessel as they would need to:
within approximately 10 m (10.9 yd)) by
moving away from or at least modifying
their path to avoid a close approach.
Last, NMFS believes that the mitigation
measures would be effective at avoiding
injurious exposures to animal that
approached within the safety zone,
especially in the case of these large
animals.
Cryptic, Deep Diving Species
The modeling predicts that the
following numbers of behavioral
harassments (Level B Harassment) of the
associated species will occur: 2074
(dwarf sperm whales), 846 (pygmy
sperm whales), 1136 (Cuvier’s beaked
whales), 104 (Longmans’s beaked
whales), and 349 (Blainvilles beaked
whales). When the numbers of
behavioral takes are compared to the
estimated abundance and if one
assumes that each ‘‘take’’ happens to a
separate animal (one time per year), less
than 13 percent of each of these stocks
would be behaviorally harassed during
the course of a year. More likely, fewer
individuals would be taken, but a subset
would be taken more than one time per
year. No areas of specific importance for
reproduction or feeding for these
species have been identified in the HRC.
The Navy’s model predicted that the
following number of each of the species
would sustain TTS (Level B
Harassment) from exposure to MFAS: 35
(dwarf sperm whales), 14 (pygmy sperm
whales), 5 (Cuvier’s beaked whales), 1
(Longmans’s beaked whales), and 6
(Blainvilles beaked whales). Though
some of these predicted takes might be
avoided if the animals avoided the
source or if they were sighted by the
watchstanders, because the species are
all deep divers that are cryptic at the
surface, we will assume that they
actually sustain the TTS takes that are
modeled. As mentioned above, some
beaked whale vocalizations might
overlap with the MFAS/HFAS TTS
frequency range (2–20 kHz), but the
limited information for Kogia sp.
indicates that their echolocation clicks
are at a much higher frequency and that
their maximum hearing sensitivity is
between 90 and 150 kHz. It is worth
noting that TTS in the range induced by
MFAS would reduce sensitivity in the
band that killer whales click and
echolocate in. However, as noted
previously, NMFS does not anticipate
TTS of a long duration or severe degree
to occur as a result of exposure to MFA/
HFAS. The model also predicted TTS
takes from explosive detonations: 13
(dwarf sperm whales), 5 (pygmy sperm
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
whales), 8 (Cuvier’s beaked whales), and
2 (Blainvilles beaked whales).
The modeling indicates that none of
these species would be injured as a
result of the Navy’s action. Further,
NMFS believes that many marine
mammals would deliberately avoid
exposing themselves to the received
MFAS/HFAS levels necessary to induce
injury (and avoid getting as close to the
vessel as they would need to: within
approximately 10 m (10.9 yd)) by
moving away from or at least modifying
their path to avoid a close approach.
Last, NMFS believes that the mitigation
measures would be effective at avoiding
injurious exposures (which would only
occur within approximately 10 m (10.9
yd) of the vessel) if an animal did
happen to approach that closely.
Although NMFS does not expect
mortality of any of these five species to
occur as a result of the MFAS/HFAS
training exercises (see Mortality
paragraph above), because we intend to
authorize mortality, we consider the 10
potential mortalities of each of these
species over the course of 5 years in our
negligible impact determination.
Social Pelagic Species
The modeling predicts that the
following numbers of behavioral
harassments of the associated species
will occur: 46 (false killer whales), 46
(killer whales), 192 (Pygmy killer
whales), 1753 (short-finned pilot
whales), and 583 (melon-headed
whales). When the numbers of
behavioral takes are compared to the
estimated abundance and if one
assumes that each ‘‘take’’ happens to a
separate animal, less than 22 percent of
each of these stocks would be
behaviorally harassed during the course
of a year (one time per animal). More
likely, fewer individuals would be taken
and a small subset would be harassed
more than one time per year. No areas
of specific importance for reproduction
or feeding for these species have been
identified in the HRC.
The Navy’s model predicted that
these species might be exposed to
received levels of MFAS expected to
cause TTS. However, because of the
average group size, large animal size,
and the distance from the vessel in
which TTS levels are expected to occur
(120–160m), watchstanders will very
likely detect these whales in time to
shut down and prevent their exposures
to levels of MFAS associated with TTS.
The model also predicted that melonheaded whales and short-finned pilot
whales might experience TTS as a result
of explosive detonations. For the same
reasons listed above, NMFS anticipates
that the Navy watchstanders would
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
detect these species and implement the
mitigation to avoid exposure. However,
two of the largest explosives (MK–84s
and MK–48s) used in the training
exercises have a range to TTS that is
larger than the exclusion zone (see
Table 8), which means that in the types
of exercises that utilize these explosives,
it is possible that animals could
experience TTS as a result of being
exposed beyond 1 nm from the
explosion. Therefore, we estimate TTS
takes could still occur incidental to
exercise types that utilize two largest
explosive types (the Navy provided
NMFS with take estimates broken down
to the exercise level), which results in
the following estimates of take from
explosive detonations: 1 short-finned
pilot whale.
As mentioned previously, TTS from
MFAS is anticipated to occur primarily
in the 2–20 kHz range. If any
individuals of these species were to
experience TTS from MFAS/HFAS, the
information in Table 7 indicates that the
TTS would likely overlap with some of
the vocalizations of conspecifics, and
not with others. However, as noted
previously, NMFS does not anticipate
TTS of a long duration or severe degree
to occur as a result of exposure to MFA/
HFAS.
The modeling indicates that none of
these species would be injured as a
result of the Navy’s action. Further,
NMFS believes that many marine
mammals would deliberately avoid
exposing themselves to the received
levels necessary to induce injury (and
avoid getting as close to the vessel as
they would need to: Within
approximately 10 m (10.9 yd)) by
moving away from or at least modifying
their path to avoid a close approach.
Last, NMFS believes that the mitigation
measures would be effective at avoiding
injurious exposures (which would only
occur within approximately 10 m (10.9
yd) of the vessel) if an animal did
happen to approach that closely.
Although NMFS does not expect
mortality of any of these three species
to occur as a result of the MFAS/HFAS
training exercises (see Mortality
paragraph above), because we intend to
authorize mortality, we consider the 10
total potential mortalities (over the
course of 5 years) of melon-headed
whales, pygmy killer whales, and shortfinned pilot whales in our negligible
impact determination.
Dolphins
The modeling predicts that the
following numbers of behavioral
harassments of the associated species
will occur: 716 (bottlenose dolphins),
486 (Risso’s dolphins), 1055 (rough-
PO 00000
Frm 00059
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35567
toothed dolphin), 1222 (Fraser’s
dolphin), and 2144 (pantropical spotted
dolphin), 412 (spinner dolphin), and
3128 (striped dolphin). When the
numbers of behavioral takes are
compared to the estimated abundance
and if one assumes that each ‘‘take’’
happens to a separate animal (one time
per year), 12–24 percent of each of these
stocks would be behaviorally harassed
during the course of a year. More likely,
slightly fewer individuals are harassed,
but a subset are harassed more than one
time during the course of the year. No
areas of specific importance for
reproduction or feeding for these
species have been identified in the HRC,
though several bays have been
identified as important resting areas for
spinner dolphins (the Navy conducts
the majority of exercises in water deeper
than 2000 m).
The Navy’s model predicted that a
certain number of individuals of these
dolphin species would sustain TTS as a
result of exposure to MFAS. Though the
group size and behavior of these species
makes it likely that watchstanders
would detect them and implement
shutdown if appropriate, the proposed
mitigation has a provision that allows
them to continue operation of MFAS if
the animals are clearly bow-riding even
after the Navy has initially maneuvered
to try and avoid closing with the
animals. Since these animals sometimes
bow-ride and they would be close
enough to sustain TTS, we estimate that
half of the number of animals modeled
for MFAS/HFAS TTS might actually
sustain TTS: 9 (bottlenose dolphins), 5
(Risso’s dolphins), 9 (rough-toothed
dolphin), 10 (Fraser’s dolphin), and 25
(pantropical spotted dolphin), 4
(spinner dolphin), and 37 (striped
dolphin). As mentioned above, many of
the recorded dolphin vocalizations
overlap with the MFAS/HFAS TTS
frequency range (2–20kHz), however, as
noted above, NMFS does not anticipate
TTS of a serious degree or extended
duration to occur. It is worth noting that
TTS is in the range induced by MFAS
would reduce sensitivity in the band
that killer whales click and echolocate
in.
The model also predicted that
individuals of this species would
experience TTS from explosives. For the
same reasons listed above, NMFS
anticipates that the Navy watchstanders
would detect these species and
implement the mitigation to avoid
exposure. However, as mentioned in the
Social Pelagic Section, the range to TTS
for the two largest explosives is larger
than the exclusion zone (see Table 8),
and therefore NMFS anticipates that
TTS might not be entirely avoided
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
35568
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
during those exercises, which results in
the following predicted TTS takes from
explosives: 2 (rough-toothed dolphin), 3
(Fraser’s dolphin), 1 (spinner dolphin),
and 2 (striped dolphin).
The modeling indicates that none of
these species would be injured as a
result of exposure to MFAS/HFAS.
Further, NMFS believes that many
marine mammals would deliberately
avoid exposing themselves to the
received levels necessary to induce
injury (and avoid getting as close to the
vessel as they would need to: within
approximately 10 m (10.9 yd)) by
moving away from or at least modifying
their path to avoid a close approach.
Last, NMFS believes that the mitigation
measures would be effective at avoiding
injurious exposures (which would only
occur within approximately 10 m (10.9
yd) of the vessel) if an animal did
happen to approach that closely.
The model predicted that one
pantropical spotted dolphin and one
striped dolphin would be exposed to
injurious levels of energy or pressure
from an explosive detonation. However,
as stated previously, the relatively small
area in which an animal would have to
be to be injured (12–1023 m) and the
visibility of these species, coupled with
the 1862-m (2036-yd) exclusion zone
(no explosives detonated if animals are
in there), which is surveyed up to 2
hours in advance of the exercise by
vessel-based observers, as well as aerial
and passive acoustic means (when
available), support the determination
that individuals of these species will not
likely be injured by explosive
detonations.
Although NMFS does not expect
mortality of any of these species to
occur as a result of the MFAS/HFAS
training exercises (see Mortality
paragraph above), because we intend to
authorize mortality, we must consider
the 10 total potential mortalities (over
the course of 5 years) of bottlenose
dolphin, pantropical spotted dolphins,
and striped dolphins in our negligible
impact determination.
Monk Seals
The modeling predicts 104 instances
of behavioral harassments of monk
seals. When the number of behavioral
takes is compared to the estimated
abundance and if one assumes that each
‘‘take’’ happens to a separate animal,
approximately 8.3 percent of the stock
would be behaviorally harassed during
the course of a year. More likely, a
smaller number of individuals would be
harassed, and a subset would be
harassed more than one time. More than
likely, also, the 77 animals that reside
in the main Hawaiian Islands would be
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
the animals harassed. No areas of
specific importance for reproduction or
feeding for these species have been
identified in waters of the HRC.
The Navy’s model predicted that
monk seals might be exposed to
received levels of MFAS expected to
cause TTS 3 times. Monk seals generally
forage at depths of less than 100 m (109
yd), but occasionally dive to depths of
over 500 m (546 yd). The majority of
ASW training in the HRC, however,
takes place in waters 4 to 8 times deeper
than even this known (500-m (546-yd))
maximum and it is very rare for ASW
training to take place in waters as
shallow as 100 m (109 yd) in depth. So,
generally, monk seals are less likely to
be in the vicinity of ASW activities, and
we believe that watchstanders are likely
to spot the seals before they could close
within the distance necessary to sustain
TTS, which would be less than 100 m
(109 yd). For these reasons we do not
believe that any monk seals will
experience TTS.
The Navy’s model also predicted that
3 monk seals might be exposed to
explosive levels that would result in the
TTS. However, because of the likelihood
of spotting these animals within the
distance necessary to avoid TTS and
implementing the exclusion zone (i.e.,
not detonating explosives) and the fact
that the TTS takes that were modeled
were not incidental to exercises using
the two largest explosives, NMFS does
not anticipate that any monk seals will
experience TTS.
The model-estimates that individuals
of this species would not be injured as
a result of the Navy’s action. Further,
NMFS believes that monk seals would
deliberately avoid exposing themselves
to the received levels necessary to
induce injury (and avoid getting as close
to the vessel as they would need to:
within approximately 10 m (10.9 yd)) by
moving away from or at least modifying
their path to avoid a close approach.
Last, NMFS believes that the mitigation
measures would be effective at avoiding
injurious exposures (which would only
occur within approximately 10 m (10.9
yd) of the vessel) if an animal did
happen to approach that closely.
Humpback Whales
The modeling estimates that 9,682
instances of humpback whale
behavioral harassment would occur as a
result of Navy training. This may be an
overestimate. The Hawaiian Humpback
Whale National Marine Sanctuary
worked with Dr. Joe Mobley to compile
a figure that illustrates 10 years worth
of humpback density data (Figure 2).
This map generally shows the
distribution of humpbacks throughout
PO 00000
Frm 00060
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
the Main Hawaiian Islands over 10 years
and clearly depicts several ‘‘hot spots’’
where the density (on average—over 4
surveys) far exceeds the density
elsewhere in the HRC (high density
areas are up to 3.8 animals/square mile
(Mobley, pers. comm)). However, the
Navy applied a uniform distribution of
humpback whales within 25 km (46.3
nm) of shore to estimate take in their
model. Additionally, the Navy has
indicated that, historically, they have
conducted a very small amount of
MFAS/HFAS transmissions in the dense
humpback areas (they estimate
approximately 30 hours of hullmounted sonar were conducted in these
areas in 2007), although they cannot
commit to any particular levels of
MFAS/HFAS use in the areas in the
future because of the need for flexibility
in training (every area has different
characteristics and exercise participants
need to be exposed to a large variety of
training scenarios).
As described in the monk seal section,
the Navy has indicated that the majority
of ASW training in the HRC takes place
in waters 2000–4000 m (2187–4374 yd)
deep and it is very rare for ASW training
to take place in waters as shallow as 100
m (109 yd) in depth. Based on the
bathymetry of the islands and the map
of the densest areas of humpbacks, this
means that the majority of the exercises
are 2–15 km (1–8 nm), or farther, out
from the densest areas of humpbacks,
which would suggest, based on table 16,
that the majority of behavioral takes of
humpbacks would occur at received
levels less than 150–160 dB. This
suggests that the overall potential
severity of the effects is likely less than
one would anticipate if humpbacks
were not selectively using the
shallower, inshore areas and the Navy
were not conducting the majority of
their exercises in deeper areas.
Additionally, the Navy has designated a
cautionary area in the Maui Basin (see
Mitigation) which the Navy recognizes
as an area of importance to humpback
whales. As noted above, the Navy has
agreed that training exercises in the
humpback whale cautionary area will
require a much higher level of clearance
than is normal practice in planning and
conducting MFA sonar training. Any
determination by the Commander,
Pacific Fleet, to conduct training
exercises in the cautionary area will be
based on the unique characteristics of
the area from a military readiness
perspective, taking into account the
importance of the area for humpback
whales. The model results suggest that
each humpback whale in the HRC may
be harassed somewhere between
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
approximately 1 and 3 times per year,
though more than likely some will not
be harassed at all and a subset will be
harassed more than 3 times/year.
However, as mentioned previously, the
estimated takes do not factor in the fact
that a portion of the animals will likely
avoid the sound to some degree.
The Navy’s model predicted that 199
humpback whales might be exposed to
received levels of MFAS expected to
cause TTS. However, due to the large
size and social behavior of humpback
whales and the distance within which
TTS levels are expected to occur,
watchstanders will very likely detect
these whales in time to shut down and
prevent their exposures to levels of
MFAS associated with TTS. If TTS were
to occur in some humpbacks,
desensitization at the frequencies of
humpback vocalizations could occur
due to the MFAS/HFAS TTS frequency
range (2–20 kHz), however, as noted
above, NMFS does not anticipate TTS of
serious degree or extended duration to
occur. Additionally of note, recent
measurements of humpback whale calf
calls, which were measured at
frequencies of 140Hz to 4 kHz, with a
mean frequency of 220 Hz, suggest that
if a humpback did have TTS from
MFAS exposure, it would not overlap
with the majority of the range of the call
that a calf might make, suggesting that
the temporary impairment would not
increase the risk of cow/calf separation.
The model also predicted that TTS
takes from explosives that might occur.
For the same reasons listed above,
NMFS anticipates that the Navy
watchstanders would detect these
species and implement the mitigation to
avoid exposure. However, as mentioned
in the Social Pelagic Section, the range
to TTS for the two largest explosives is
larger than the exclusion zone (see
Table 8), and therefore NMFS
anticipates that TTS might not be
entirely avoided during those exercises,
which results in 4 predicted TTS takes
of humpbacks from explosive
detonations.
The modeling indicates that
humpback whales will not be exposed
to levels associated with any type of
injury as a result of exposure to MFAS/
HFAS. Further, NMFS believes that
many marine mammals would avoid
exposing themselves to the received
levels necessary to induce injury (and
avoid getting as close to the vessel as
they would need to: within
approximately 10 m (10.9 yd)) by
moving away from or at least modifying
their path to avoid a close approach.
Also, NMFS believes that the mitigation
measures would be effective at avoiding
injurious exposures to animal that
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
approached within the safety zone,
especially in the case of these large
animals.
The model predicts that 1 humpback
would be injured by an explosive
detonation. However, as stated
previously, the relatively small area
within which an animal would have to
be present at a particular moment to be
injured (12 to 1023 m (13 to 1119 yd))
and the visibility of these species,
coupled with the 1862-m (2036-yd)
exclusion zone (no explosives detonated
if animals are in there), which is
surveyed up to 2 hours in advance of
the exercise by vessel-based observers,
as well as aerial and passive acoustic
means (when available), support the
determination that no humpback whales
will be injured by explosive
detonations.
Last, as mentioned above, humpback
whale numbers are reported to be
increasing both in Hawaii and in
Alaska, where the majority of the
Hawaii humpback whales feed in the
summer.
Subsistence Harvest of Marine
Mammals
NMFS has preliminarily determined
that the issuance of an LOA for Navy
training exercises in the HRC would not
have an unmitigable adverse impact on
the availability of the affected species or
stocks for subsistence use, since there
are no such uses in the specified area.
ESA
There are seven marine mammal
species and five sea turtle species that
are listed as endangered under the ESA
with confirmed or possible occurrence
in the study area: humpback whale,
North Pacific right whale, sei whale, fin
whale, blue whale, sperm whale, and
Hawaiian monk seal, loggerhead sea
turtle, the green sea turtle, hawksbill sea
turtle, leatherback sea turtle, and olive
ridley sea turtle. The Navy has begun
consultation with NMFS pursuant to
section 7 of the ESA, and NMFS will
also consult internally on the issuance
of an LOA under section 101(a)(5)(A) of
the MMPA for training exercises in the
HRC. Consultation will be concluded
prior to a determination on the issuance
of the final rule and an LOA.
NEPA
NMFS has participated as a
cooperating agency on the Navy’s Final
Environmental Impact Statement (FEIS)
for the Hawaii Range Complex, which
was published on May 9th, 2008.
Additionally, NMFS is preparing a Draft
Environmental Assessment (EA) tiered
off the Navy’s FEIS that analyzes the
environmental effects of several
PO 00000
Frm 00061
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35569
different mitigation alternatives for the
potential issuance of the HRC proposed
rule and LOA. The Draft EA will be
posted on NMFS’ Web site as soon as it
is complete: https://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/
pr/permits/incidental.htm. The Navy’s
FEIS is also posted on NMFS website.
NMFS intends to adopt the Navy’s
FEIS, if adequate and appropriate, and
we believe that the Navy’s FEIS and
NMFS’ final EA will allow NMFS to
meet its responsibilities under NEPA for
the issuance of an LOA for training
activities in the HRC. If the Navy’s FEIS
were not adequate, NMFS would
supplement the existing analysis and
documents to ensure that we comply
with NEPA prior to the issuance of the
final rule or LOA.
Preliminary Determination
Based on the analysis contained
herein of the likely effects of the
specified activity on marine mammals
and their habitat and dependent upon
the implementation of the mitigation
measures, NMFS preliminarily finds
that the total taking from Navy training
exercises utilizing MFAS/HFAS and
underwater explosives in the HRC will
have a negligible impact on the affected
species or stocks. NMFS has proposed
regulations for these exercises that
prescribe the means of affecting the least
practicable adverse impact on marine
mammals and their habitat and set forth
requirements pertaining to the
monitoring and reporting of that taking.
Classification
This action does not contain a
collection of information requirement
for purposes of the Paperwork
Reduction Act.
Pursuant to the procedures
established to implement section 6 of
Executive Order 12866, the Office of
Management and Budget has
determined that this proposed rule is
significant.
Pursuant to the Regulatory Flexibility
Act, the Chief Counsel for Regulation of
the Department of Commerce has
certified to the Chief Counsel for
Advocacy of the Small Business
Administration that this rule, if
adopted, would not have a significant
economic impact on a substantial
number of small entities. The
Regulatory Flexibility Act requires
Federal agencies to prepare an analysis
of a rule’s impact on small entities
whenever the agency is required to
publish a notice of proposed
rulemaking. However, a Federal agency
may certify, pursuant to 5 U.S.C. section
605 (b), that the action will not have a
significant economic impact on a
substantial number of small entities.
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
35570
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
The Navy is the entity that will be
affected by this rulemaking, not a small
governmental jurisdiction, small
organization or small business, as
defined by the Regulatory Flexibility
Act. Any requirements imposed by a
Letter of Authorization issued pursuant
to these regulations, and any monitoring
or reporting requirements imposed by
these regulations, will be applicable
only to the Navy. Because this action, if
adopted, would directly affect the Navy
and not a small entity, NMFS concludes
the action would not result in a
significant economic impact on a
substantial number of small entities.
List of Subjects in 50 CFR Part 216
Exports, Fish, Imports, Incidental
take, Indians, Labeling, Marine
mammals, Navy, Penalties, Reporting
and recordkeeping requirements,
Seafood, Sonar, Transportation.
Dated: June 13, 2008.
Samuel D. Rauch III
Deputy Assistant Administrator for
Regulatory Programs, National Marine
Fisheries Service.
For reasons set forth in the preamble,
50 CFR part 216 is proposed to be
amended as follows:
PART 216—REGULATIONS
GOVERNING THE TAKING AND
IMPORTING OF MARINE MAMMALS
1. The authority citation for part 216
continues to read as follows:
Authority: 16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq.
2. Subpart P is added to part 216 to
read as follows:
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
Subpart P—Taking Marine Mammals
Incidental to U.S. Navy Training in the
Hawaii Range Complex (HRC)
Sec.
216.170 Specified activity and specified
geographical region.
216.171 Effective dates and definitions.
216.172 Permissible methods of taking.
216.173 Prohibitions.
216.174 Mitigation.
216.175 Requirements for monitoring and
reporting.
216.176 Applications for Letters of
Authorization.
216.177 Letters of Authorization.
216.178 Renewal of Letters of
Authorization.
216.179 Modifications to Letters of
Authorization.
Table 1 to Part 216, Subpart P—Summary of
Monitoring Effort Proposed in
Monitoring Plan for Hawaii Range
Complex
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
Subpart P—Taking Marine Mammals
Incidental to U.S. Navy Training in the
Hawaii Range Complex (HRC)
§ 216.170 Specified activity and specified
geographical region.
(a) Regulations in this subpart apply
only to the U.S. Navy for the taking of
marine mammals that occurs in the area
outlined in paragraph (b) of this section
and that occur incidental to the
activities described in paragraph (c) of
this section
(b) The taking of marine mammals by
the Navy is only authorized if it occurs
within the Hawaii Operational Area,
which extends from 16 to 43o N. lat.
and from 150–179° degrees W. long.,
(c) The taking of marine mammals by
the Navy is only authorized if it occurs
incidental to the following activities
within the designated amounts of use:
(1) The use of the following midfrequency active sonar (MFAS) and high
frequency active sonar (HFAS) sources
for U.S. Navy anti-submarine warfare
(ASW) training in the amounts
indicated below (± 10 percent):
(i) AN/SQS–53 (hull-mounted
sonar)—up to 6420 hours over the
course of 5 years (an average of 1284
hours per year)
(ii) AN/SQS–56 (hull-mounted
sonar)—up to 1915 hours over the
course of 5 years (an average of 383
hours per year)
(iii) AN/AQS–22 (helicopter dipping
sonar)—up to 5050 dips over the course
of 5 years (an average of 1010 dips per
year)
(iv) SSQ–62 (sonobuoys)—up to
12115 sonobuoys over the course of
5 years (an average of 2423 sonobuoys
per year)
(v) MK–48 (torpedoes)—up to 1565
topedoes over the course of 5 years (an
average of 313 torpedoes per year)
(vi) AN/BQQ–10 (submarine mounted
sonar)—up to 1,000 hours over the
course of 5 years (an average of 200 per
year)
(2) The detonation of the underwater
explosives indicated in paragraph
(c)(2)(i) of this section conducted as part
of the training exercises indicated in
paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section:
(i) Underwater Explosives:
(A) 5’’ Naval Gunfire (9.5 lbs)
(B) 76 mm rounds (1.6 lbs)
(C) Maverick (78.5 lbs)
(D) Harpoon (448 lbs)
(E) MK–82 (238 lbs)
(F) MK–83 (574 lbs)
(G) MK–84 (945 lbs)
(H) MK–48 (851 lbs)
(I) Demolition Charges (20 lbs)
(J) EER/IEER (5 lbs)
(ii) Training Events:
PO 00000
Frm 00062
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(A) Mine Neutralization—up to 310
exercises over the course of 5 years (an
average of 62 per year).
(B) Air-to-Surface MISSILEX—up to
180 exercises over the course of 5 years
(an average of 36 per year).
(C) Surface-to-Surface MISSILEX—up
to 35 exercises over the course of 5 years
(an average of 7 per year).
(D) BOMBEX—up to 180 exercises
over the course of 5 years (an average of
35 per year).
(E) SINKEX—up to 30 exercises over
the course of 5 years (an average of 6 per
year).
(F) Surface-to-Surface GUNEX—up to
345 exercises over the course of 5 years
(an average of 69 per year).
(G) Naval Surface Fire Support—up to
110 exercises over the course of 5 years
(an average of 22 per year).
§ 216.171
Effective dates and definitions.
(a) Regulations in this subpart become
effective upon issuance of the final rule.
(b) The following definitions are
utilized in this subpart:
(1) Uncommon Stranding Event
(USE)—A stranding event that takes
place during a major training exercise
and involves any one of the following:
(i) Two or more individuals of any
cetacean species (not including mother/
calf pairs, unless of species of concern
listed in next bullet) found dead or live
on shore within a two day period and
occurring on same shore lines or facing
shorelines of different islands.
(ii) A single individual or mother/calf
pair of any of the following marine
mammals of concern: Beaked whale of
any species, kogia sp., Risso’s dolphin,
melon-headed whale, pilot whales,
humpback whales, sperm whales, blue
whales, fin whales, sei whales, or monk
seal.
(iii) A group of 2 or more cetaceans
of any species exhibiting indicators of
distress.
(2) Shutdown—The cessation of
MFAS operation or detonation of
explosives within 14 nm of any live, in
the water animal involved in a USE.
§ 216.172
Permissible methods of taking.
(a) Under Letters of Authorization
issued pursuant to §§ 216.106 and
216.177, the Holder of the Letter of
Authorization may incidentally, but not
intentionally, take marine mammals
within the area described in
§ 216.170(b), provided the activity is in
compliance with all terms, conditions,
and requirements of these regulations
and the appropriate Letter of
Authorization.
(b) The activities identified in
§ 216.170(c) must be conducted in a
manner that minimizes, to the greatest
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
extent practicable, any adverse impacts
on marine mammals and their habitat.
(c) The incidental take of marine
mammals under the activities identified
in § 216.170 (c) is limited to the
following species, by the indicated
method of take the indicated number of
times:
(1) Level B Harassment (+/¥10
percent):
(i) Mysticetes:
(A) Humpback whale (Megaptera
novaeangliae)—9893.
(B) Minke whale (Balaenoptera
acutorostrata)—64.
(C) Sei whale (Balaenoptera
borealis)—46.
(D) Fin whale (Balaenoptera
physalus)—46.
(E) Bryde’s whale (Balaenoptera
edeni)—64.
(ii) Odontocetes:
(A) Sperm whales (Physeter
macrocephalus)—781.
(B) Pygmy sperm whales (Kogia
breviceps)—865.
(C) Dwarf sperm whale (Kogia sima)—
2122.
(D) Cuvier’s beaked whale (Ziphius
cavirostris)—1149.
(E) Blainville’s beaked whale
(Mesoplodon densirostris)—357.
(F) Longman’s beaked whale
(Indopacetus pacificus)—105.
(G) Rough-toothed dolphin (Steno
bredanensis)—1077.
(H) Bottlenose dolphin (Tursiops
truncatus)—734.
(I) Pan-tropical dolphins (Stenella
attenuata)—2199.
(J) Spinner dolphins (Stenella
longirostris)—421.
(K) Striped dolphins (Stenella
coeruleoalba).—3209.
(L) Risso’s dolphin (Grampus
griseus)—497.
(M) Melon-headed whale
(Peponocephala electra)—597.
(N) Fraser’s dolphin (Lagenodelphis
hosei)—1247.
(O) Pygmy killer whale (Feresa
attenuata)—196.
(P) False killer whale (Pseudorca
crassidens)—46.
(Q) Killer whale (Orcinus orca)—46.
(R) Short-finned pilot whale
(Globicephala macrorynchus)—1,798.
(iii) Pinnipeds: Hawaiian monk seal
(Monachus schauinslandi)—110.
(2) Level A Harassment and/or
mortality of no more than 10
individuals total of each of the species
listed below over the course of the 5year regulations: Bottlenose dolphin
(Tursiops truncatus), Pygmy and Dwarf
sperm whales (Kogia breviceps and
sima), Melon-headed whale
(Peponocephala electra), Pantropical
spotted dolphin (Stenella attenuata),
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
Pygmy killer whale (Feresa attenuata),
Short-finned pilot whale (Globicephala
macrorynchus), Striped dolphin
(Stenella coeruleoalba), and Cuvier’s
beaked whale (Ziphius cavirostris),
Blainville’s beaked whale, (Mesoplodon
densirostris), Longman’s beaked whale
(Indopacetus pacificus).
§ 216.173
Prohibitions.
Notwithstanding takings
contemplated in § 216.172 and
authorized by a Letter of Authorization
issued under §§ 216.106 and 216.177,
no person in connection with the
activities described in § 216.170 may:
(a) Take any marine mammal not
specified in § 216.172(c);
(b) Take any marine mammal
specified in § 216.172(c) other than by
incidental take as specified in
§ 216.172(c)(1) and (2);
(c) Take a marine mammal specified
in § 216.172(c) if such taking results in
more than a negligible impact on the
species or stocks of such marine
mammal; or
(d) Violate, or fail to comply with, the
terms, conditions, and requirements of
these regulations or a Letter of
Authorization issued under §§ 216.106
and 216.177.
§ 216.174
Mitigation.
(a) The activity identified in
§ 216.170(a) must be conducted in a
manner that minimizes, to the greatest
extent practicable, adverse impacts on
marine mammals and their habitats.
When conducting training activities
identified in § 216.170(a), the mitigation
measures contained in the Letter of
Authorization issued under §§ 216.106
and 216.177 must be implemented.
These mitigation measures include (but
are not limited to):
(1) Mitigation Measures for ASW
training: (i) All lookouts onboard
platforms involved in ASW training
events will review the NMFS-approved
Marine Species Awareness Training
(MSAT) material prior to use of midfrequency active sonar.
(ii) All Commanding Officers,
Executive Officers, and officers standing
watch on the Bridge will have reviewed
the MSAT material prior to a training
event employing the use of midfrequency active sonar.
(iii) Navy lookouts will undertake
extensive training in order to qualify as
a watchstander in accordance with the
Lookout Training Handbook
(NAVEDTRA, 12968–B).
(iv) Lookout training will include onthe-job instruction under the
supervision of a qualified, experienced
watchstander. Following successful
completion of this supervised training
PO 00000
Frm 00063
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35571
period, Lookouts will complete the
Personal Qualification Standard
program, certifying that they have
demonstrated the necessary skills (such
as detection and reporting of partially
submerged objects).
(v) Lookouts will be trained in the
most effective means to ensure quick
and effective communication within the
command structure in order to facilitate
implementation of mitigation measures
if marine species are spotted.
(vi) On the bridge of surface ships,
there will always be at least three
people on watch whose duties include
observing the water surface around the
vessel.
(vii) All surface ships participating in
ASW exercises will, in addition to the
three personnel on watch noted
previously, have at all times during the
exercise at least two additional
personnel on watch as lookouts.
(viii) Personnel on lookout and
officers on watch on the bridge will
have at least one set of binoculars
available for each person to aid in the
detection of marine mammals.
(ix) On surface vessels equipped with
mid-frequency active sonar, pedestal
mounted ‘‘Big Eye’’ (20x110) binoculars
will be present and in good working
order.
(x) Personnel on lookout will employ
visual search procedures employing a
scanning methodology in accordance
with the Lookout Training Handbook
(NAVEDTRA 12968–B).
(xi) After sunset and prior to sunrise,
lookouts will employ Night Lookouts
Techniques in accordance with the
Lookout Training Handbook.
(xii) Personnel on lookout will be
responsible for reporting all objects or
anomalies sighted in the water
(regardless of the distance from the
vessel) to the Officer of the Deck.
(xiii) A Letter of Instruction,
Mitigation Measures Message or
Environmental Annex to the
Operational Order will be issued prior
to each exercise to further disseminate
the personnel training requirement and
general marine mammal mitigation
measures.
(xiv) Commanding Officers will make
use of marine species detection cues
and information to limit interaction
with marine species to the maximum
extent possible consistent with safety of
the ship.
(xv) All personnel engaged in passive
acoustic sonar operation (including
aircraft, surface ships, or submarines)
will monitor for marine mammal
vocalizations and report the detection of
any marine mammal to the appropriate
watch station for dissemination and
appropriate action.
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
35572
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
(xvi) During mid-frequency active
sonar training activities, personnel will
utilize all available sensor and optical
systems (such as Night Vision Goggles)
to aid in the detection of marine
mammals.
(xvii) Navy aircraft participating in
exercises at sea will conduct and
maintain, when operationally feasible
and safe, surveillance for marine species
of concern as long as it does not violate
safety constraints or interfere with the
accomplishment of primary operational
duties.
(xviii) Aircraft with deployed
sonobuoys will use only the passive
capability of sonobuoys when marine
mammals are detected within 200 yards
(182 m) of the sonobuoy.
(xix) Marine mammal detections will
be immediately reported to assigned
Aircraft Control Unit for further
dissemination to ships in the vicinity of
the marine species as appropriate where
it is reasonable to conclude that the
course of the ship will likely result in
a closing of the distance to the detected
marine mammal.
(xx) Safety Zones—When marine
mammals are detected by any means
(aircraft, shipboard lookout, or
acoustically) the Navy will ensure that
MFA transmission levels are limited to
at least 6 dB below normal operating
levels if any detected marine mammals
are within 1,000, yards (914 m) of the
sonar dome (the bow).
(A) Ships and submarines will
continue to limit maximum MFAS
transmission levels by this 6-dB factor
until the marine mammal has been seen
to leave the area, has not been detected
for 30 minutes, or the vessel has
transited more than 2,000 yards (1828
m) beyond the location of the last
detection.
(B) The Navy will ensure that MFAS
transmissions will be limited to at least
10 dB below the equipment’s normal
operating level if any detected animals
are within 500 yards (457 m) of the
sonar dome. Ships and submarines will
continue to limit maximum ping levels
by this 10-dB factor until the marine
mammal has been seen to leave the area,
has not been detected for 30 minutes, or
the vessel has transited more than 2,000
yards (1828 m) beyond the location of
the last detection.
(C) The Navy will ensure that MFAS
transmissions are ceased if any detected
marine mammals are within 200 yards
of the sonar dome. MFAS transmissions
will not resume until the marine
mammal has been seen to leave the area,
has not been detected for 30 minutes, or
the vessel has transited more than 2,000
yards beyond the location of the last
detection.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
(D) Special conditions applicable for
dolphins and porpoises only: If, after
conducting an initial maneuver to avoid
close quarters with dolphins or
porpoises, the Officer of the Deck
concludes that dolphins or porpoises
are deliberately closing to ride the
vessel’s bow wave, no further mitigation
actions are necessary while the dolphins
or porpoises continue to exhibit bow
wave riding behavior.
(E) If the need for power-down should
arise as detailed in ‘‘Safety Zones’’
above, Navy shall follow the
requirements as though they were
operating at 235 dB—the normal
operating level (i.e., the first powerdown will be to 229 dB, regardless of at
what level above 235 sonar was being
operated).
(xxi) Prior to start up or restart of
active sonar, operators will check that
the Safety Zone radius around the
sound source is clear of marine
mammals.
(xxii) Sonar levels (generally)—Navy
will operate sonar at the lowest
practicable level, not to exceed 235 dB,
except as required to meet tactical
training objectives.
(xxiii) Helicopters shall observe/
survey the vicinity of an ASW
Operation for 10 minutes before the first
deployment of active (dipping) sonar in
the water.
(xxiv) Helicopters shall not dip their
sonar within 200 yards (183 m) of a
marine mammal and shall cease pinging
if a marine mammal closes within 200
yards (183 m) after pinging has begun.
(xxv) Submarine sonar operators will
review detection indicators of closeaboard marine mammals prior to the
commencement of ASW training
activities involving active midfrequency sonar.
(xxvi) Humpback Whale Cautionary
Area: An area extending 5 km (2.7 nm)
from a line drawn from Kaunakakai on
the island of Molokai to Kaena Point on
the Island of Lanai; and an area
extending 5 km (2.7 nm) from a line
drawn from Kaunolu on the Island of
Lanai to the most Northeastern point on
the Island of Kahoolawe; and within a
line drawn from Kanapou Bay on the
Island of Kahoolawe to Kanahena Point
on the Island of Maui and a line drawn
from Cape Halawa on the Island of
Molokai to Lipo Point on the Island of
Maui, excluding the existing submarine
operating area.
(A) Should national security needs
require MFA sonar training and testing
in the cautionary area between 15
December and 15 April, it must be
personally authorized by the
Commander, U.S. Pacific Fleet based on
his determination that training and
PO 00000
Frm 00064
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
testing in that specific area is required
for national security purposes. This
authorization shall be documented by
the CPF in advance of transiting and
training in the cautionary area, and the
determination shall be based on the
unique characteristics of the area from
a military readiness perspective, taking
into account the importance of the area
for humpback whales and the need to
minimize adverse impacts on humpback
whales from MFA sonar whenever
practicable. Further, Commander, U.S.
Pacific Fleet will provide specific
direction on required mitigation
measures prior to operational units
transiting to and training in the
cautionary area.
(B) The Navy will provide advance
notification to NMFS of any such
activities (listed in paragraph
(a)(1)(xxvi)(A) of this section).
(C) The Navy will include in its
periodic reports for compliance with the
MMPA whether or not activities
occurred in the Humpback Cautionary
Area above and any observed effects on
humpback whales due to the conduct of
these activities.
(xxvii) The Navy will abide by the
letter of the ‘‘Stranding Response Plan
for Major Navy Training Exercises in the
HRC’’ (available at: https://
www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/
incidental.htm), to include the
following measures:
(A) Shutdown Procedures—When an
Uncommon Stranding Event (USE—
defined in § 216.171) occurs during a
Major Training Exercise (MTE,
including RIMPAC, USWEX, or MultiStrike Group Exercise) in the HRC, the
Navy will implement the procedures
described below.
(1) The Navy will implement a
Shutdown (as defined in § 216.171)
when advised by a NMFS Office of
Protected Resources Headquarters
Senior Official designated in the HRC
Stranding Communication Protocol that
a USE involving live animals has been
identified and that at least one live
animal is located in the water. NMFS
and Navy will maintain a dialogue, as
needed, regarding the identification of
the USE and the potential need to
implement shutdown procedures.
(2) Any shutdown in a given area will
remain in effect in that area until NMFS
advises the Navy that the subject(s) of
the USE at that area die or are
euthanized, or that all live animals
involved in the USE at that area have
left the area (either of their own volition
or herded).
(3) If the Navy finds an injured or
dead animal floating at sea during an
MTE, the Navy shall notify NMFS
immediately or as soon as operational
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
security considerations allow. The Navy
will provide NMFS with species or
description of the animal(s), the
condition of the animal(s) including
carcass condition if the animal(s) is/are
dead), location, time of first discovery,
observed behaviors (if alive), and photo
or video (if available). Based on the
information provided, NMFS will
determine if, and advise the Navy
whether a modified shutdown is
appropriate on a case-by-case basis.
(4) In the event, following a USE, that:
qualified individuals are attempting to
herd animals back out to the open ocean
and animals are not willing to leave, or
animals are seen repeatedly heading for
the open ocean but turning back to
shore, NMFS and the Navy will
coordinate (including an investigation
of other potential anthropogenic
stressors in the area) to determine if the
proximity of MFAS training activities or
explosive detonations, though farther
than 14 nm from the distressed
animal(s), is likely decreasing the
likelihood that the animals return to the
open water. If so, NMFS and the Navy
will further coordinate to determine
what measures are necessary to further
minimize that likelihood and
implement those measures as
appropriate.
(B) Within 72 hours of NMFS
notifying the Navy of the presence of a
USE, the Navy will provide available
information to NMFS (per the HRC
Communication Protocol) regarding the
location, number and types of acoustic/
explosive sources, direction and speed
of units using MFAS, and marine
mammal sightings information
associated with training activities
occurring within 80 nm (148 km) and 72
hours prior to the USE event.
Information not initially available
regarding the 80 nm (148 km), 72 hours,
period prior to the event will be
provided as soon as it becomes
available. The Navy will provide NMFS
investigative teams with additional
relevant unclassified information as
requested, if available.
(C) Memorandum of Agreement
(MOA)—The Navy and NMFS will
develop an MOA, or other mechanism
consistent with federal fiscal law
requirements (and all other applicable
laws), that allows the Navy to assist
NMFS with the Phase 1 and 2
Investigations of USEs through the
provision of in-kind services, such as
(but not limited to) the use of plane/
boat/truck for transport of stranding
responders or animals, use of Navy
property for necropsies or burial, or
assistance with aerial surveys to discern
the extent of a USE. The Navy may
assist NMFS with the Investigations by
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
providing one or more of the in-kind
services outlined in the MOA, when
available and logistically feasible and
when the assistance does not negatively
affect Fleet operational commitments.
(2) Mitigation for IEER—The
following are protective measures for
use with Extended Echo Ranging/
Improved Extended Echo Ranging (EER/
IEER) given an explosive source
generates the acoustic wave used in this
sonobuoy.
(i) Crews will conduct visual
reconnaissance of the drop area prior to
laying their intended sonobuoy pattern.
This search should be conducted below
500 yards (457 m) at a slow speed, if
operationally feasible and weather
conditions permit. In dual aircraft
training activities, crews are allowed to
conduct coordinated area clearances.
(ii) Crews shall conduct a minimum
of 30 minutes of visual and acoustic
monitoring of the search area prior to
commanding the first post detonation.
This 30-minute observation period may
include pattern deployment time.
(iii) For any part of the briefed pattern
where a post (source/receiver sonobuoy
pair) will be deployed within 1,000
yards (914 m) of observed marine
mammal activity, deploy the receiver
ONLY and monitor while conducting a
visual search. When marine mammals
are no longer detected within 1,000
yards (914 m) of the intended post
position, co-locate the explosive source
sonobuoy (AN/SSQ–110A) (source) with
the receiver.
(iv) When able, crews will conduct
continuous visual and aural monitoring
of marine mammal activity. This is to
include monitoring of own-aircraft
sensors from first sensor placement to
checking off station and out of
communication range of these sensors.
(v) Aural Detection: If the presence of
marine mammals is detected aurally,
then that should cue the aircrew to
increase the diligence of their visual
surveillance. Subsequently, if no marine
mammals are visually detected, then the
crew may continue multi-static active
search.
(vi) Visual Detection:
(A) If marine mammals are visually
detected within 1,000 yards (914 m) of
the explosive source sonobuoy (AN/
SSQ–110A) intended for use, then that
payload shall not be detonated.
Aircrews may utilize this post once the
marine mammals have not been resighted for 30 minutes, or are observed
to have moved outside the 1,000 yards
(914 m) safety buffer.
(B) Aircrews may shift their multistatic active search to another post,
where marine mammals are outside the
1,000 yards (914 m) safety buffer.
PO 00000
Frm 00065
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35573
(vii) Aircrews shall make every
attempt to manually detonate the
unexploded charges at each post in the
pattern prior to departing the operations
area by using the ‘‘Payload 1 Release’’
command followed by the ‘‘Payload 2
Release’’ command. Aircrews shall
refrain from using the ‘‘Scuttle’’
command when two payloads remain at
a given post. Aircrews will ensure that
a 1,000 yard (914 m) safety buffer,
visually clear of marine mammals, is
maintained around each post as is done
during active search operations.
(viii) Aircrews shall only leave posts
with unexploded charges in the event of
a sonobuoy malfunction, an aircraft
system malfunction, or when an aircraft
must immediately depart the area due to
issues such as fuel constraints,
inclement weather, and in-flight
emergencies. In these cases, the
sonobuoy will self-scuttle using the
secondary or tertiary method.
(ix) Ensure all payloads are accounted
for. Explosive source sonobuoys (AN/
SSQ–110A) that cannot be scuttled shall
be reported as unexploded ordnance via
voice communications while airborne,
then upon landing via naval message.
(x) Mammal monitoring shall
continue until out of own-aircraft sensor
range.
(3) Mitigation for Demolitions
(DEMOs) and Mine Countermeasure
(MCM) Training (Up to 20 lb). (i)
Exclusion Zones—Explosive charges
will not be detonated if a marine
mammal is detected within 700 yards
(640 m) of the detonation site.
(ii) Pre-Exercise Surveys—For MCM
training activities, the Navy will
conduct a pre-exercise survey within 30
minutes prior to the commencement of
the scheduled explosive event. The
survey may be conducted from the
surface, by divers, and/or from the air.
If a marine mammal is detected within
the survey area, the exercise shall be
suspended until the animal voluntarily
leaves the area.
(iii) Post-Exercise Surveys—Surveys
within the same radius shall also be
conducted within 30 minutes after the
completion of the explosive event.
(iv) Reporting—Any evidence of a
marine mammal that may have been
injured or killed by the action shall be
reported immediately to NMFS.
(v) Mine Laying Training—Though
mine laying training operations involve
aerial drops of inert training shapes on
floating targets, measures 1, 2, and 3 for
Demolitions and Mine countermeasures
(above) will apply to mine laying
training. To the maximum extent
feasible, the Navy shall retrieve inert
mine shapes dropped during Mine
Laying Training.
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
35574
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
(4) Mitigation for SINKEX, GUNEX,
MISSILEX, and BOMBEX. (i) All
weapons firing would be conducted
during the period 1 hour after official
sunrise to 30 minutes before official
sunset.
(ii) Extensive range clearance
operations would be conducted in the
hours prior to commencement of the
exercise, ensuring that no shipping is
located within the hazard range of the
longest-range weapon being fired for
that event.
(iii) Prior to conducting the exercise,
remotely sensed sea surface temperature
maps would be reviewed. SINKEX and
air to surface missile (ASM) Training
activities would not be conducted
within areas where strong temperature
discontinuities are present, thereby
indicating the existence of
oceanographic fronts. These areas
would be avoided because
concentrations of some listed species, or
their prey, are known to be associated
with these oceanographic features.
(iv) An exclusion zone with a radius
of 1.0 nm (1.85 km) would be
established around each target. This
exclusion zone is based on calculations
using a 449 kg H6 NEW high explosive
source detonated 5 feet below the
surface of the water, which yields a
distance of 0.85 nm (1.57 km) (cold
season) and 0.89 nm (1.64 km) (warm
season) beyond which the received level
is below the 182 dB re: 1 Pa sec2
threshold established for the WINSTON
S. CHURCHILL (DDG 81) shock trials.
An additional buffer of 0.5 nm (0.93 km)
would be added to account for errors,
target drift, and animal movements.
Additionally, a safety zone, which
extends from the exclusion zone at 1.0
nm (1.85 km) out an additional 0.5 nm
(0.93 km), would be surveyed. Together,
the zones extend out 2 nm (3.7 km) from
the target.
(v) A series of surveillance overflights would be conducted within the
exclusion and the safety zones, prior to
and during the exercise, when feasible.
Survey protocol would be as follows:
(A) Overflights within the exclusion
zone would be conducted in a manner
that optimizes the surface area of the
water observed. This may be
accomplished through the use of the
Navy’s Search and Rescue (SAR)
Tactical Aid (TACAID). The SAR
TACAID provides the best search
altitude, ground speed, and track
spacing for the discovery of small,
possibly dark objects in the water based
on the environmental conditions of the
day. These environmental conditions
include the angle of sun inclination,
amount of daylight, cloud cover,
visibility, and sea state.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
(B) All visual surveillance activities
would be conducted by Navy personnel
trained in visual surveillance. At least
one member of the mitigation team
would have completed the Navy’s
marine mammal training program for
lookouts.
(C) In addition to the overflights, the
exclusion zone would be monitored by
passive acoustic means, when assets are
available. This passive acoustic
monitoring would be maintained
throughout the exercise. Potential assets
include sonobuoys, which can be
utilized to detect any vocalizing marine
mammals in the vicinity of the exercise.
The sonobuoys would be re-seeded as
necessary throughout the exercise.
Additionally, passive sonar onboard
submarines may be utilized to detect
any vocalizing marine mammals in the
area. The OCE would be informed of
any aural detection of marine mammals
and would include this information in
the determination of when it is safe to
commence the exercise.
(D) On each day of the exercise, aerial
surveillance of the exclusion and safety
zones would commence two hours prior
to the first firing.
(E) The results of all visual, aerial,
and acoustic searches would be reported
immediately to the OCE (Officer
Conducting the Exercise). No weapons
launches or firing would commence
until the OCE declares the safety and
exclusion zones free of marine
mammals.
(F) If a marine mammal observed
within the exclusion zone is diving,
firing would be delayed until the animal
is re-sighted outside the exclusion zone,
or 30 minutes has elapsed. After 30
minutes, if the animal has not been resighted it would be assumed to have left
the exclusion zone and firing would
commence.
(G) During breaks in the exercise of 30
minutes or more, the exclusion zone
would again be surveyed for any marine
mammals. If marine mammals are
sighted within the exclusion zone, the
OCE would be notified, and the
procedure described above would be
followed.
(H) Upon sinking of the vessel, a final
surveillance of the exclusion zone
would be monitored for two hours, or
until sunset, to verify that no marine
mammals were harmed.
(vi) Aerial surveillance would be
conducted using helicopters or other
aircraft based on necessity and
availability. The Navy has several types
of aircraft capable of performing this
task; however, not all types are available
for every exercise. For each exercise, the
available asset best suited for
identifying objects on and near the
PO 00000
Frm 00066
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
surface of the ocean would be used.
These aircraft would be capable of
flying at the slow safe speeds necessary
to enable viewing of marine mammals
with unobstructed, or minimally
obstructed, downward and outward
visibility. The exclusion and safety zone
surveys may be cancelled in the event
that a mechanical problem, emergency
search and rescue, or other similar and
unexpected event preempts the use of
one of the aircraft onsite for the
exercise.
(vii) Every attempt would be made to
conduct the exercise in sea states that
are ideal for marine mammal sighting,
Beaufort Sea State 3 or less. In the event
of a 4 or above, survey efforts would be
increased within the zones. This would
be accomplished through the use of an
additional aircraft, if available, and
conducting tight search patterns.
(viii) The exercise would not be
conducted unless the exclusion zone
could be adequately monitored visually.
(ix) In the unlikely event that any
marine mammals are observed to be
harmed in the area, a detailed
description of the animal would be
documented, the location noted, and if
possible, photos taken. This information
would be provided to NMFS.
(b) [Reserved]
§ 216.175 Requirements for monitoring
and reporting.
(a) The Holder of the Letter of
Authorization issued pursuant to
§§ 216.106 and 216.177 for activities
described in § 216.170(b) is required to
cooperate with the NMFS, and any other
Federal, state or local agency monitoring
the impacts of the activity on marine
mammals.
(b) As outlined in the HRC Stranding
Communication Plan, the Holder of the
Authorization must notify NMFS
immediately (or as soon as clearance
procedures allow) if the specified
activity identified in § 216.170(b) is
thought to have resulted in the mortality
or injury of any marine mammals, or in
any take of marine mammals not
identified in § 216.170(c).
(c) The Holder of the Letter of
Authorization must conduct all
monitoring and/or research required
under the Letter of Authorization
including abiding by the letter of the
HRC Monitoring Plan, which requires
the Navy implement, at a minimum, the
monitoring activities summarized in
Table 1 to this subpart (and described in
more detail in the HRC Monitoring Plan,
which may be viewed at: https://
www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/
incidental.htm).
(d) Report from Monitoring required
in paragraph (c) of this section—The
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
Navy will submit a report annually on
September 1 describing the
implementation and results (through
June 1 of the same year) of the
monitoring required in paragraph (c) of
this section. Standard marine species
sighting forms will be use to standardize
data collection and data collection
methods will be standardized across
ranges to allow for comparison in
different geographic locations.
(e) SINKEX, GUNEX, MISSILEX,
BOMBEX, and IEER exercises—A report
detailing the timelines of the exercises
conducted, the time the surveys
commenced and terminated, amount
and types of all ordnance expended, and
the results of survey efforts for each
event will be submitted to NMFS yearly.
(f) MFAS/HFAS exercises—The Navy
will submit an After Action Report to
the Office of Protected Resources,
NMFS, within 120 days of the
completion of any Major Training
Exercise (RIMPAC, USWEX, and Multi
Strike Group). For other ASW exercises
(TRACKEX and TORPEX), the Navy will
submit a yearly summary report. These
reports will, at a minimum, include the
following information:
(1) The estimated number of hours of
sonar operation, broken down by source
type
(2) If possible, the total number of
hours of observation effort (including
observation time when sonar was not
operating)
(3) A report of all marine mammal
sightings (at any distance—not just
within a particular distance) to include,
when possible, and if not classified:
(i) Species.
(ii) Number of animals sighted.
(iii) Geographic location of marine
mammal sighting.
(iv) Distance of animal from any ship
with observers.
(v) Whether animal is fore, aft, port,
or starboard.
(vi) Direction of animal movement in
relation to boat (towards, away,
parallel).
(vii) Any observed behaviors of
marine mammals.
(4) The status of any sonar sources
(what sources were in use) and whether
or not they were powered down or shut
down as a result of the marine mammal
observation.
(5) The platform that the marine
mammals were sighted from.
(g) HRC Comprehensive Report—The
Navy will submit to NMFS a draft report
that analyzes and summarizes all of the
multi-year marine mammal information
gathered during ASW and explosive
exercises for which individual reports
are required in § 216.175 (d) through (f)
of this section. This report will be
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
submitted at the end of the fourth year
of the rule (November 2012), covering
activities that have occurred through
June 1, 2012.
(h) The Navy will respond to NMFS
comments on the draft comprehensive
report if submitted within 3 months of
receipt. The report will be considered
final after the Navy has addressed
NMFS’ comments, or three months after
the submittal of the draft if NMFS does
not comment by then.
(i) Comprehensive National ASW
Report—The Navy will submit a draft
National Report that analyzes,
compares, and summarizes the data
gathered from the watchstanders and
pursuant to the implementation of the
Monitoring Plans for the HRC, the
Atlantic Fleet active Sonar Training
(AFAST), and the Southern California
(SOCAL) Range Complex.
(j) The Navy will respond to NMFS
comments on the draft comprehensive
report if submitted within 3 months of
receipt. The report will be considered
final after the Navy has addressed
NMFS’ comments, or three months after
the submittal of the draft if NMFS does
not comment by then.
§ 216.176 Applications for Letters of
Authorization.
To incidentally take marine mammals
pursuant to these regulations, the U.S.
citizen (as defined by § 216.103)
conducting the activity identified in
§ 216.170(a) (the U.S. Navy) must apply
for and obtain either an initial Letter of
Authorization in accordance with
§§ 216.177 or a renewal under
§ 216.178.
§ 216.177
Letter of Authorization.
(a) A Letter of Authorization, unless
suspended or revoked, will be valid for
a period of time not to exceed the period
of validity of this subpart, but must be
renewed annually subject to annual
renewal conditions in § 216.178.
(b) Each Letter of Authorization will
set forth:
(1) Permissible methods of incidental
taking;
(2) Means of effecting the least
practicable adverse impact on the
species, its habitat, and on the
availability of the species for
subsistence uses ( i.e., mitigation); and
(3) Requirements for mitigation,
monitoring and reporting.
(c) Issuance and renewal of the Letter
of Authorization will be based on a
determination that the total number of
marine mammals taken by the activity
as a whole will have no more than a
negligible impact on the affected species
or stock of marine mammal(s).
PO 00000
Frm 00067
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35575
§ 216.178 Renewal of Letters of
Authorization.
(a) A Letter of Authorization issued
under § 216.106 and § 216.177 for the
activity identified in § 216.170(c) will be
renewed annually upon:
(1) Notification to NMFS that the
activity described in the application
submitted under § 216.176 will be
undertaken and that there will not be a
substantial modification to the
described work, mitigation or
monitoring undertaken during the
upcoming 12 months;
(2) Timely receipt of the monitoring
reports required under § 216.175(b); and
(3) A determination by the NMFS that
the mitigation, monitoring and reporting
measures required under § 216.174 and
the Letter of Authorization issued under
§§ 216.106 and 216.177, were
undertaken and will be undertaken
during the upcoming annual period of
validity of a renewed Letter of
Authorization.
(b) If a request for a renewal of a
Letter of Authorization issued under
§§ 216.106 and 216.178 indicates that a
substantial modification to the
described work, mitigation or
monitoring undertaken during the
upcoming season will occur, the NMFS
will provide the public a period of 30
days for review and comment on the
request. Review and comment on
renewals of Letters of Authorization are
restricted to:
(1) New cited information and data
indicating that the determinations made
in this document are in need of
reconsideration, and
(2) Proposed changes to the mitigation
and monitoring requirements contained
in this subpart or in the current Letter
of Authorization.
(c) A notice of issuance or denial of
a renewal of a Letter of Authorization
will be published in the Federal
Register.
§ 216.179 Modifications to Letters of
Authorization.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph
(b) of this section, no substantive
modification (including withdrawal or
suspension) to the Letter of
Authorization by NMFS, issued
pursuant to §§ 216.106 and 216.177 and
subject to the provisions of this subpart
shall be made until after notification
and an opportunity for public comment
has been provided. For purposes of this
paragraph, a renewal of a Letter of
Authorization under § 216.178, without
modification (except for the period of
validity), is not considered a substantive
modification.
(b) If the Assistant Administrator
determines that an emergency exists
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
35576
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
that poses a significant risk to the wellbeing of the species or stocks of marine
mammals specified in § 216.170(b), a
Letter of Authorization issued pursuant
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
to §§ 216.106 and 216.177 may be
substantively modified without prior
notification and an opportunity for
public comment. Notification will be
PO 00000
Frm 00068
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
published in the Federal Register
within 30 days subsequent to the action.
BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
35577
[FR Doc. 08–1371 Filed 6–17–08; 1:56 pm]
BILLING CODE 3510–22–C
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Jun 20, 2008
Jkt 214001
PO 00000
Frm 00069
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\23JNP3.SGM
23JNP3
EP23JN08.022
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 / Proposed Rules
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 73, Number 121 (Monday, June 23, 2008)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 35510-35577]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 08-1371]
[[Page 35509]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Part IV
Department of Commerce
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
50 CFR Part 216
Taking and Importing Marine Mammals; U.S. Navy Training in the Hawaii
Range Complex; Proposed Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 121 / Monday, June 23, 2008 /
Proposed Rules
[[Page 35510]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
50 CFR Part 216
[Docket No. 080519680-8684-01]
RIN 0648-AW86
Taking and Importing Marine Mammals; U.S. Navy Training in the
Hawaii Range Complex
AGENCY: National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
ACTION: Proposed rule; request for comments.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: NMFS has received a request from the U.S. Navy (Navy) for
authorization to take marine mammals incidental to training activities
conducted within the Hawaii Range Complex (HRC) for the period of
December 2008 through December 2013. Pursuant to the Marine Mammal
Protection Act (MMPA), NMFS is proposing regulations to govern that
take and requesting information, suggestions, and comments on these
proposed regulations.
DATES: Comments and information must be received no later than July 23,
2008.
ADDRESSES: You may submit comments, identified by 0648-AW86, by any one
of the following methods:
Electronic Submissions: Submit all electronic public
comments via the Federal eRulemaking Portal: https://
www.regulations.gov.
Hand delivery or mailing of paper, disk, or CD-ROM
comments should be addressed to Michael Payne, Chief, Permits,
Conservation and Education Division, Office of Protected Resources,
National Marine Fisheries Service, 1315 East-West Highway, Silver
Spring, MD 20910-3225.
Instructions: All comments received are a part of the public record
and will generally be posted to https://www.regulations.gov without
change. All Personal Identifying Information (for example, name,
address, etc.) voluntarily submitted by the commenter may be publicly
accessible. Do not submit Confidential Business Information or
otherwise sensitive or protected information.
NMFS will accept anonymous comments. Attachments to electronic
comments will be accepted in Microsoft Word, Excel, WordPerfect, or
Adobe PDF file formats only.
Comments regarding the burden-hour estimates or other aspects of
the collection-of-information requirements contained in this proposed
rule should be submitted in writing to Michael Payne at the address
above and to David Rostker, OMB, by e-mail at David_
Rostker@omb.eop.gov or by fax to 202-395-7285.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Jolie Harrison, Office of Protected
Resources, NMFS, (301) 713-2289, ext. 166.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Availability
A copy of the Navy's application may be obtained by writing to the
address specified above (See ADDRESSES), telephoning the contact listed
above (see FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT), or visiting the Internet
at: https://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/incidental.htm. The Navy's
Final Environmental Impact Statement (FEIS) for the Hawaii Range
Complex was published on May 9, 2008, and may be viewed at https://
www.govsupport.us/hrc. NMFS participated in the development of the
Navy's FEIS as a cooperating agency under NEPA. Last, NMFS is preparing
a Draft Environmental Assessment (EA) that analyzes the environmental
effects of several different mitigation alternatives for the potential
issuance of the proposed rule. The Draft EA will be posted on the
following Web site as soon as it is complete: https://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/
pr/permits/incidental.htm.
Background
Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq.)
direct the Secretary of Commerce (Secretary) to allow, upon request,
the incidental, but not intentional taking of marine mammals by U.S.
citizens who engage in a specified activity (other than commercial
fishing) during periods of not more than five consecutive years each if
certain findings are made and regulations are issued or, if the taking
is limited to harassment, notice of a proposed authorization is
provided to the public for review.
Authorization shall be granted if NMFS finds that the taking will
have a negligible impact on the species or stock(s), will not have an
unmitigable adverse impact on the availability of the species or
stock(s) for subsistence uses, and if the permissible methods of taking
and requirements pertaining to the mitigation, monitoring and reporting
of such taking are set forth.
NMFS has defined ``negligible impact'' in 50 CFR 216.103 as:
An impact resulting from the specified activity that cannot be
reasonably expected to, and is not reasonably likely to, adversely
affect the species or stock through effects on annual rates of
recruitment or survival.
The National Defense Authorization Act of 2004 (NDAA) (Public Law
108-136) removed the ``small numbers'' and ``specified geographical
region'' limitations and amended the definition of ``harassment'' as it
applies to a ``military readiness activity'' to read as follows
(Section 3(18)(B) of the MMPA):
(i) Any act that injures or has the significant potential to
injure a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild [Level A
Harassment]; or
(ii) Any act that disturbs or is likely to disturb a marine
mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild by causing disruption of
natural behavioral patterns, including, but not limited to,
migration, surfacing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or sheltering, to
a point where such behavioral patterns are abandoned or
significantly altered [Level B Harassment].
Summary of Request
On June 25, 2007, NMFS received an application from the Navy
requesting authorization for the take of 24 species of marine mammals
incidental to upcoming Navy training activities to be conducted within
the HRC, which covers 235,000 nm\2\ around the Main Hawaiian Islands
(see map on page 17 of the application), over the course of 5 years.
These training activities are classified as military readiness
activities. The Navy states that these training activities may
incidentally take marine mammals present within the HRC by exposing
them to sound from mid-frequency or high frequency active sonar (MFAS/
HFAS) or to underwater detonations at levels that NMFS associates with
the take of marine mammals. The Navy requests authorization to take
individuals of 24 species of marine mammals by Level B Harassment.
Further, though they do not anticipate it to occur, the Navy requests
authorization to take, by injury or mortality, up to 10 individuals
each of 10 species over the course of the 5-year period (bottlenose
dolphin, Kogia spp., melon-headed whale, pantropical spotted dolphin,
pygmy killer whale, short-finned pilot whale, striped dolphin, and
Cuvier's, Longman's, and Blainville's beaked whale).
Background of Navy Request
The Navy's mission is to maintain, train, and equip combat-ready
naval forces capable of winning wars, deterring aggression, and
maintaining freedom of the seas. Title 10, U.S. Code (U.S.C.) section
5062 directs the Chief of Naval Operations to train all naval forces
for combat. The Chief of Naval Operations meets that direction, in
part,
[[Page 35511]]
by conducting at-sea training exercises and ensuring naval forces have
access to ranges, operating areas (OPAREAs) and airspace where they can
develop and maintain skills for wartime missions and conduct research,
development, test, and evaluation (RDT&E) of naval weapons systems.
The HRC, where the Navy has, for more than 40 years, routinely
conducted training and major exercises in the waters around the
Hawaiian Islands, is a critical part of the Navy's mission, especially
as it relates to training, for several reasons. Centrally located in
the Pacific Ocean between the west coast of the United States and the
naval stations in the western Pacific, and surrounding the most
isolated islands in the world, the HRC has the infrastructure (i.e.,
extensive existing range assets and training capabilities) to support a
large number of forces in a location both remote and under U.S.
control. The range surrounds the major homeport of Naval Station Pearl
Harbor, enabling re-supply and repairs to submarines and surface ships
alike. The isolation of the range offers an invaluable facility on
which to conduct missile testing and training. Able to link with the
U.S. Army's Pohakuloa Training Area, as well as U.S. Air Force and U.S.
Marine Corps bases where aircraft basing and amphibious training may
occur, the HRC provides a superior joint training environment for all
the U.S. armed services and advanced missile testing capability. Among
the important assets of the HRC is the Pacific Missile Range Facility
(PMRF), which is the world's largest instrumented, multi-environment,
military test range capable of supporting subsurface, surface, air, and
space training, and RDT&E. It consists of instrumented underwater
ranges, controlled airspace, and a temporary operating area covering
2.1 million square nautical miles (nm2) of ocean area. The
Navy must have the flexibility and capacity to quickly surge required
combat power in the event of a national crisis or contingency
operation. Because of its location, training for sustained deployment
at the HRC, rather than at ranges on the west coast, saves 10 transit
days to the western Pacific from the west coast of the United States.
The HRC complex consists of targets and instrumented areas,
airspace, surface OPAREAS, and land range facilities. The Navy's
proposed action includes conducting current and emerging training in
the HRC. Although the Navy plans to conduct many different types of
RDT&E on the land, in the air, and in the water, as well as implement
infrastructure improvements (addressed comprehensively in the Navy's
FEIS), this document specifically analyzes those activities in the HRC
for which the Navy seeks MMPA incidental take authorization, i.e.,
those training activities that the Navy predicts would result in the
generation of levels of sound in the water that NMFS has indicated are
likely to result in the take of marine mammals (not counting SURTASS
LFA sonar, for which the Navy has already obtained an MMPA
authorization), either through the use of sonar (mid-frequency active
sonar (MFAS) or high frequency active sonar (HFAS)) or from the use of
live ordnance, including the detonation of explosives in the water.
Table 1-1 in the Navy's application presents a summary of the training
and RDT&E activities that will occur in the HRC and indicates the
exercise types that the Navy's modeling indicated would likely result
in the take of marine mammals.
Description of the Specified Activities
As mentioned above, the Navy has requested MMPA authorization to
take marine mammals incidental to training activities in the HRC that
would result in the generation of sound in the water, at or above
levels that NMFS has determined will likely result in take (see
Acoustic Take Criteria Section), either through the use of MFAS/HFAS or
the detonation of explosives in the water.
Activities Utilizing Active Tactical Sonar Sources
For this operating area (HRC), the training activities that utilize
active tactical sonar sources fall into the category of Anti-submarine
Warfare (ASW) exercises. This section includes a description of the
active acoustic devices used in ASW exercises, as well as the exercise
types in which these acoustic sources are used.
Acoustic Sources Used for ASW Exercises in the HRC
Tactical military sonars are designed to search for, detect,
localize, classify, and track submarines. There are two types of
sonars, passive and active:
Passive sonars only listen to incoming sounds and, since
they do not emit sound energy in the water, lack the potential to
acoustically affect the environment.
Active sonars generate and emit acoustic energy
specifically for the purpose of obtaining information concerning a
distant object from the received and processed reflected sound energy.
Modern sonar technology includes a multitude of sonar sensor and
processing systems. In concept, the simplest active sonars emit omni-
directional pulses (``pings'') and time the arrival of the reflected
echoes from the target object to determine range. More sophisticated
active sonar emits an omni-directional ping and then rapidly scans a
steered receiving beam to provide directional, as well as range,
information. More advanced sonars transmit multiple preformed beams,
listening to echoes from several directions simultaneously and
providing efficient detection of both direction and range.
The tactical military sonars to be deployed during testing and
training in the HRC are designed to detect submarines in tactical
training scenarios. This task requires the use of the sonar mid-
frequency range (1 kilohertz [kHz] to 10 kHz) predominantly, as well as
one source in the high frequency range (above 10 kHz) that operates at
a level high enough to be considered in the modeling. The high
frequency source will contribute a comparatively very small amount to
the total amount of active sonar that marine mammals will be exposed to
during the Navy's proposed activities, however, for this document we
will refer to the collective high and mid-frequency sonar sources as
MFAS/HFAS. A narrative description of the types of acoustic sources
used in ASW training exercises is included below. Table 1 (below)
summarizes the nominal characteristics of the acoustic sources used in
the modeling to predict take of marine mammals.
[[Page 35512]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP23JN08.001
Surface Ship Sonars--A variety of surface ships participate in
testing and training events. Some ships (e.g., aircraft carriers,
amphibious assault ships) do not have any onboard active sonar systems,
other than fathometers. Others, like guided missile cruisers, are
equipped with active as well as passive tactical sonars for mine
avoidance and submarine detection and tracking. Within Navy ASW
exercises in the HRC, two types of hull-mounted sonar sources account
for the majority of the estimated impacts to marine mammals. The AN/
SQS-53 hull-mounted sonar, which has a nominal source level of 235
decibels (dB) re 1 [mu]Pa and transmits at center frequencies of 2.6
kHz and 3.3 kHz, is the Navy's most powerful sonar source used in ASW
exercises in the HRC. The AN/SQS-56 hull-mounted sonar has a nominal
source level of 225 dB re 1 [mu]Pa and transmits at a center frequency
of 7.5 kHz. Sonar ping transmission durations were modeled as lasting 1
second per ping and omni-directional, which is a conservative
assumption that may overestimate potential effects. Actual ping
durations will be less than 1 second. Details concerning the tactical
use of specific frequencies and the repetition rate for the sonar pings
is classified but was modeled based on the required tactical training
setting. The AN/SQS-53 and the AN/SQS-56 were modeled using the number
of hours of predicted use (typically at two pings per minute; meaning
an hour of sonar operation results in approximately 120 one-second
pings). Based on modeling results, the Navy anticipates that the
operation of these two sources will likely result in take of marine
mammals (see Estimated Take of Marine Mammals Section).
Hull-mounted sonars occasionally operate in a mode called
``Kingfisher,'' which is designed to better detect smaller objects. The
Kingfisher mode uses the same source level and frequency as normal
search modes, however, it uses a different waveform (designed for small
objects), a shorter pulse length (< 1 sec), a higher pulse repetition
rate (due to the short ranges), and the ping is not omnidirectional,
but directed forward. All Kingfisher use in the HRC (approximately 27
hours/year) was modeled as AN/SQS-53, though the less powerful AN/SQS-
56 likely accounts for part of the total Kingfisher use as well.
Submarine Sonars--Submarine sonars (AN/BQQ-10, AN/BQQ-5, or AN/BSY-
1) are used to detect and target enemy submarines and surface ships.
Because they are trying to avoid being detected, a submarine's use of
MFAS is generally rare, very brief, using minimal power, and may be
narrowly focused. Modeling for the AN/BQQ-10 (all three submarine types
were modeled as AN/BQQ-10, the most powerful submarine sonar source)
assumes sonar use of two pings an hour (which is higher than typical),
for one second each, at 235 dB re 1 [mu]Pa, and using an omni-
directional transmission. The AN/BQQ-10 was modeled using the number of
hours of predicted use (at two pings per hour). Based on modeling
results, the Navy anticipates that the operation of this source may
result in some take of marine mammals (see Estimated Take of Marine
Mammals Section).
Aircraft Sonar Systems--Aircraft sonar systems that would operate
in the HRC include sonobuoys (SSQ-62) and dipping sonar (AN/AQS-22). A
sonobuoy is an expendable device, which may be deployed by maritime
patrol aircraft or helicopters, used for the detection of underwater
acoustic energy and for conducting vertical water column temperature
measurements. Most sonobuoys are passive, but some, like the SSQ-62,
can also generate active acoustic signals. The SSQ-62 has a nominal
source level of 201 dB re 1 [mu]Pa and transmits at a center frequency
of 8 kHz. Dipping sonar is an active or passive sonar device lowered on
cable helicopters to detect or maintain contact with underwater
targets. During ASW training, these systems active modes are only used
briefly for localization of contacts and are not used in primary search
capacity. The AN/AQS-22 has a nominal source level of 217 dB re 1
[mu]Pa and transmits at a center frequency of 4.1 kHz. Based on
modeling results, the Navy anticipates that the operation of these two
sources may result in some take of marine mammals (see Estimated Take
of Marine Mammals Section).
Torpedoes--Torpedoes are the primary ASW weapon used by surface
ships, aircraft, and submarines. The guidance systems of these weapons
can be autonomous (acoustically based) or electronically controlled
from the launching platform through an attached wire. They operate
either passively, exploiting the emitted sound energy by the target, or
actively, ensonifying the target and using the received echoes for
guidance. We know that the MK-48 operates in the high frequency range
(>10 kHZ), however, the nominal source level and the center frequency
are classified. Based on modeling results, the Navy anticipates that
the operation of this source may result in some take of marine mammals
(see Estimated Take of Marine Mammals Section). In addition to the HFA
sonar source used to guide the torpedo, the MK-48 is discussed in the
``Activities Utilizing Underwater Detonations'' Section.
Other Acoustic Sources--The Navy uses other acoustic sources in ASW
exercises. However, based on operational characteristics (such as
frequency and source level), the Navy determined that use of the
following acoustic sources would not likely result in the take of
marine mammals:
Acoustic Device Countermeasures (ADC)--submarine
simulators that make sound to act as decoys to avert localization and/
or torpedo attacks.
Training Targets--ASW training targets consisting of MK-30
and/or MK-39 Expendable Mobile ASW Training
[[Page 35513]]
Target (EMATT) are used to simulate opposition submarines. They are
equipped with one or a combination of the following devices: (1)
Acoustic projectors emanating sounds to simulate submarine acoustic
signatures; (2) echo repeaters to simulate the characteristics of the
echo of a particular sonar signal reflected from a specific type of
submarine; and (3) magnetic sources to trigger magnetic detectors.
Range pingers are active acoustic devices that allow
inwater platforms on the range (e.g., submarines, target simulators,
and exercise torpedoes) to be tracked by hydrophones on the seafloor
such as those at the underwater instrumented range at PMRF. The range
hydrophones are also tied in with transducer nodes that are capable of
transmitting acoustic signals for a limited set of functions, including
submarine warning signals, acoustic commands to submarine target
simulators (acoustic command link), and occasional voice or data
communications (received by participating ships and submarines on
range).
Types of ASW Exercises in the HRC
ASW training conducted within the HRC involves the use of surface
ships, submarines, aircraft, non-explosive and explosive exercise
weapons, and other training-related devices. ASW training involves the
use of active and passive acoustic devices with training activities
occurring in both offshore (<12 nm (22 km) from shore) and open ocean
(>12 nm (22 km) from shore) areas. A description of the different
exercise types is provided below. Table 2 lists the types of ASW
exercises and indicates the areas they are conducted in, the average
duration of an exercise, the average number of exercises/per year, and
the time of year they are conducted. Table 3, at the end of this
section, indicates the total number of hours for each source type
anticipated for each year for each exercise type.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP23JN08.002
Anti-Submarine Warfare Tracking Exercise (ASW TRACKEX)--An ASW
TRACKEX trains aircraft, ship, and submarine crews in tactics,
techniques, and procedures for search, detection, and tracking of
submarines. No torpedoes are fired during a TRACKEX. ASW TRACKEX
includes ships, fixed wing aircraft, helicopters, torpedo targets,
submarines, and weapons recovery boats and/or helicopters. As a unit-
level exercise, an aircraft, ship, or submarine is typically used
versus one target submarine or simulated target. TRACKEXs can include
the use of hull-mounted sonar, submarines, or sonobuoys. No explosive
ordnance is used in TRACKEX exercises.
The target may be non-evading while operating on a specified track
or it may be fully evasive, depending on the state of training of the
ASW unit. Duration of a TRACKEX is highly dependent on the tracking
platform and its available on-station time. A maritime patrol aircraft
can remain on station for eight hours, and typically conducts tracking
exercises that last three to six hours. An ASW helicopter has a much
shorter on-station time, and conducts a typical TRACKEX in one to two
hours. Surface ships and submarines, which measure their on-station
time in days, conduct tracking exercises exceeding eight hours and
averaging up to 18 hours. For modeling purposes, TRACKEX and TORPEX
(explained in next section) sonar hours are averaged, resulting in a
sonar time of 13.5 hours.
ASW TRACKEX events are conducted on ranges within PMRF Warning Area
W-188, the Hawaii Offshore Areas and/or the open ocean. Whenever
aircraft use the ranges for ASW training, range clearance procedures
include a detailed visual range search for marine mammals and
unauthorized boats and planes by the aircraft releasing the inert
torpedoes, range safety boats/aircraft, and range controllers. TRACKEXs
can include the use of hull-mounted sonar, submarines, or sonobuoys,
which can result in the take of marine mammals.
Anti-Submarine Warfare Torpedo Exercises (ASW TORPEX)--Anti-
Submarine Warfare Torpedo Exercises (ASW TORPEX) train crews in
tracking and attack of submerged targets, firing one or more
Recoverable Exercise Torpedoes. TORPEX targets used in the Offshore
Areas include submarines, MK-30 ASW training targets, and MK-39
Expendable Mobile ASW Training Targets. The target may be non-evading
while operating on a specified track, or it may be fully evasive,
depending on the training requirements. Submarines periodically conduct
torpedo firing training exercises within the Hawaii Offshore OPAREA.
Typical duration of a submarine TORPEX event is 22.7 hours, while air
and surface ASW platform TORPEX events are considerably shorter. For
modeling purposes, TRACKEX and TORPEX sonar hours are averaged
resulting in a sonar time of 13.5 hours. TORPEXs can
[[Page 35514]]
include the use of hull-mounted sonar, submarines, sonobuoys, or MK-48
torpedoes (inert), which can result in the take of marine mammals.
Rim of the Pacific (RIMPAC)--RIMPAC is a multi-threat maritime
exercise where submarines, surface ships, and aircraft from the U.S.
and other countries conduct many different exercise events, including
ASW against opposition submarine targets to improve coordination and
interoperability of combined, bilateral and joint forces of
participating nations. RIMPAC occurs during the summer over a 1-month
period every other year (currently in even numbered years). Submarine
targets include real submarines, targets that simulate the operations
of an actual submarine including those described previously under
TORPEX, and virtual submarines interjected into the training events by
exercise controllers. ASW training events are complex and highly
variable. For RIMPAC, the primary event involves a Surface Action Group
(SAG), consisting of one to five surface ships equipped with sonar,
with one or more helicopters, and a P-3 aircraft searching for one or
more submarines. There will be approximately four to eight SAGs for a
typical RIMPAC. For the purposes of analysis, each SAG event is counted
as an ASW training activity. One or more ASW events may occur
simultaneously within the HRC. There will be approximately 44 ASW
training events during a typical RIMPAC, with an average event length
of approximately 12 hours (ranging from 2-24 hours).
In addition to including potential training with of all of the
acoustic sources mentioned previously, RIMPAC includes training events
that involve underwater detonations (described in the next section:
Activities Utilizing Underwater Detonations), including Sinking
Exercise, Air-to-Surface Gunnery Exercise, Surface-to-Surface Gunnery
Exercise, Naval Surface Fire Support, Air-to-Surface Missile Exercise,
Surface-to-Surface Missile Exercise, Bombing Exercise, Mine
Neutralization Exercise, and IEER/EER Exercise. Both the use of the
acoustic sources as well as the underwater detonations could result in
the take of marine mammals. These exercises involving underwater
detonations do not overlap in space and time with sonar exercises.
Explosives from RIMPAC have been included in the training events
described in the next Section.
Undersea Warfare Exercise (USWEX)--Carrier Strike Groups (CSGs) and
Expeditionary Strike Groups (ESGs) that deploy from the west coast of
the United States will experience realistic submarine combat conditions
and assess submarine warfare training capabilities postures in the HRC
prior to their deployment to real world operations elsewhere. As a
combined force, submarines, surface ships, and aircraft will conduct
ASW against opposition submarine targets, which include real
submarines, targets that simulate the operations of an actual
submarine, and virtual submarines interjected into the training events
by exercise controllers. USWEX training events are complex and highly
variable. The primary event involves from one to five surface ships
equipped with sonar, with one or more helicopters, and a P-3 aircraft
searching for one or more submarines. A total of five exercises using
MFAS/HFAS, lasting three to four days each, could occur throughout the
year for USWEX.
In addition to the use of hull-mounted sonar (AN/SQS-53 and AN/SQS-
56), submarine sonar, helicopter dipping sonar, and sonobuoys, USWEX
includes training events that involve underwater detonations as
described in the next section (Activities Utilizing Underwater
Detonations), including Air-to-Surface Gunnery Exercise, Air-to-Surface
Missile Exercise, and Bombing Exercise. Both the use of the acoustic
sources as well as the underwater detonations could result in the take
of marine mammals. These exercises utilizing underwater detonations do
not overlap in space and time with sonar exercises. Explosives from
USWEX have been included in the training events described in the next
section.
Multiple Strike Group Exercise--A Multiple Strike Group Exercise
consists of events that involve Navy assets engaging in a schedule of
events battle scenario, with U.S. forces (blue forces) pitted against a
notional opposition force (red force). Participants use and build upon
previously gained training skill sets to maintain and improve the
proficiency needed for a mission-capable, deployment-ready unit. The
exercise would occur over a 5-day to 10-day period at any time during
the year. As described above for USWEX, as a combined force,
submarines, surface ships, and aircraft will conduct ASW against
opposition submarine targets.
In addition to the use of hull-mounted sonar (AN/SQS-53 and AN/SQS-
56), submarine sonar, helicopter dipping sonar, and sonobuoys , the
Multiple Strike Group Exercise includes training events that involve
underwater detonations as described in the next Section (Activities
Utilizing Underwater Detonations), including Sinking Exercise, Air-to-
Surface Missile Exercise, Mine Neutralization Exercise, and EER/IEER
Exercise. Both the use of the acoustic sources as well as the
underwater detonations could result in the take of marine mammals.
These exercises utilizing underwater detonations do not overlap in
space and time with sonar exercises. Explosives from the Multiple
Strike Group Exercise have been included in the events described in the
next Section.
[[Page 35515]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP23JN08.003
Activities Utilizing Underwater Detonations
Underwater detonation activities can occur at various depths
depending on the activity (sinking exercise [SINKEX] and mine
neutralization), but may also include activities which may have
detonations at or just below the surface (SINKEX, gunnery exercise
[GUNEX], or missile exercise [MISSILEX]). When the weapons hit the
target except for live torpedo shot, there is no explosion in the
water, and so a ``hit'' is not modeled (i.e., the energy (either
acoustic or pressure) from the hit is not expected to reach levels that
would result in take of marine mammals). When a live weapon misses, it
is modeled as exploding below the water surface at 1 ft (5-inch naval
gunfire, 76mm rounds), 2 meters (Maverick, Harpoon, MK-82, MK-83, MK-
84), or 50-ft (MK-48 torpedo) as shown in Appendix A of the Navy's
application, Table A-7 (the depth is chosen to represent the worst case
of the possible scenarios as related to potential marine mammals
impacts). Exercises may utilize either live or inert ordnance of the
types listed in Table 4. Additionally, successful hit rates are known
to the Navy and are utilized in the effects modeling. Training events
that involve explosives and underwater detonations occur throughout the
year and are described below and summarized in Table 5 at the end of
this section.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP23JN08.004
Sinking Exercise (SINKEX)--In a SINKEX, a specially prepared,
deactivated vessel is deliberately sunk using multiple weapons systems.
The exercise provides training to ship and submarine and aircraft crews
in delivering both live and inert ordnance on a real target. These
target vessels are remediated to standards set by the Environmental
Protection Agency. A SINKEX target is towed to sea and set adrift at
the SINKEX location. The duration of a SINKEX is unpredictable since it
ends when the target sinks, sometimes immediately after the first
weapon impact and sometimes only after multiple impacts by a variety of
weapons. Typically, the exercise lasts for four to eight hours over one
to two days. SINKEXs typically occur only once or twice a year in the
HRC.
[[Page 35516]]
Underwater detonation of several different explosive types could result
in the take of marine mammals. Some or all of the following weapons may
be employed in a SINKEX: Three HARPOON surface-to-surface and air-to-
surface missiles; two to eight air-to-surface Maverick missiles; two to
four MK-82 General Purpose Bombs; two Hellfire air-to-surface missiles;
one SLAM-ER air-to-surface missile; two-hundred and fifty rounds for a
5-inch gun; and one MK-48 heavyweight submarine-launched torpedo.
Surface-to-Surface Gunnery Exercise (S-S GUNEX)--Surface gunnery
exercises (GUNEX) take place in the open ocean to provide gunnery
practice for Navy and Coast Guard ship crews. GUNEX training events
conducted in the Offshore OPAREA involve stationary targets such as a
MK-42 FAST or a MK-58 marker (smoke) buoy. The gun systems employed
against surface targets include the 5-inch, 76 millimeter (mm), 25-mm
chain gun, 20-mm Close-in Weapon System (CIWS), and .50 caliber machine
gun. Typical ordnance expenditure for a single GUNEX is a minimum of 21
rounds of 5-inch or 76-mm ammunition, and approximately 150 rounds of
25-mm or .50-caliber ammunition. Both live and inert training rounds
are used. After impacting the water, the rounds and fragments sink to
the bottom of the ocean. A S-S GUNEX lasts approximately two to four
hours, depending on target services and weather conditions. Detonation
of the live 5-inch and 76-mm rounds could result in the take of marine
mammals.
Naval Surface Fire Support Exercise--Navy surface combatants
conduct fire support exercise (FIREX) training events at PMRF on a
virtual range against ``Fake Island'', located on Barking Sands
Tactical Underwater Range (BARSTUR). Fake Island is unique in that it
is a virtual landmass simulated in three dimensions. Ships conducting
FIREX training against targets on the island are given the coordinates
and elevation of targets. PMRF is capable of tracking fired rounds to
an accuracy of 30 feet (9.1 m). Detonation of the live 5-inch and 76-mm
rounds fired into ocean during this exercise could result in the take
of marine mammals.
Air-to-Surface Missile Exercise (A-S MISSILEX)--The A-S MISSILEX
consists of the attacking platform releasing a forward-fired, guided
weapon at the designated towed target. The exercise involves locating
the target, then designating the target, usually with a laser.
A-S MISSILEX training can take place without the release of a live
weapon if the attacking platform is carrying a captive air training
missile (CATM) simulating the weapon involved in the training. The CATM
MISSILEX is identical to a live-fire exercise in every aspect except
that a weapon is not released, nor does it contain any explosives or
propellant. The event requires a laser-safe range as the target is
designated just as in a live-fire exercise.
From 1 to 16 aircraft, carrying live, inert, or CATMs, or flying
without ordnance (dry runs) are used during the exercise. At sea,
seaborne powered targets (SEPTARs), Improved Surface Towed Targets
(ISTTs), and decommissioned hulks are used as targets. A-S MISSILEX
assets include helicopters and/or one to 16 fixed wing aircraft with
air-to-surface missiles and anti-radiation missiles (electromagnetic
radiation source seeking missiles). When a high-speed anti-radiation
missile (HARM) is used, the exercise is called a HARMEX. Targets
include SEPTARs, ISTTs, and decommissioned ship hulks. Detonation of
live ordnance could result in the take of marine mammals.
Surface-to-Surface Missile Exercise (S-S MISSILEX)--Surface-to-
surface missile exercise (S-S MISSILEX) involves the attack of surface
targets at sea by use of cruise missiles or other missile systems,
usually by a single ship conducting training in the detection,
classification, tracking and engagement of a surface target. Engagement
is usually with Harpoon missiles or Standard missiles in the surface-
to-surface mode. Targets could include virtual targets or the SEPTAR or
ship deployed surface target. S-S MISSILEX training is routinely
conducted on individual ships with embedded training devices. A S-S
MISSILEX could include four to 20 surface-to-surface missiles, SEPTARs,
a weapons recovery boat, and a helicopter for environmental and photo
evaluation. All missiles are equipped with instrumentation packages or
a warhead. Surface-to-air missiles can also be used in a surface-to-
surface mode. S-S MISSILEX activities are conducted within PMRF Warning
area W-188. Each exercise typically lasts five hours, though future S-S
MISSILEXs could range from four to 35 hours. Missile detonation could
result in the take of marine mammals.
Bombing Exercise (BOMBEX)--Fixed-wing aircraft conduct BOMBEX
events against stationary targets (MK-42 FAST or MK-58 smoke buoy) at
sea. An aircraft will clear the area, deploy a smoke buoy or other
floating target, and then set up a racetrack pattern, dropping on the
target with each pass. At PMRF, a range boat might be used to deploy
the target for an aircraft to attack. A BOMBEX may involve either live
or inert ordnance. Underwater detonation of live ordnance could result
in the take of marine mammals.
Mine Neutralization--Mine Neutralization events involve the
detection, identification, evaluation, rendering safe, and disposal of
mines and unexploded ordnance (UXO) that constitutes a threat to ships
or personnel. Mine neutralization training can be conducted by a
variety of air, surface and subsurface assets. Tactics for
neutralization of ground or bottom mines involve a diver placing a
specific amount of explosives, which when detonated underwater at a
specific distance from a mine results in neutralization of the mine.
Floating, or moored, mines involve the diver placing a specific amount
of explosives directly on the mine. Floating mines encountered by Fleet
ships in open ocean areas will be detonated at the surface. Inert dummy
mines are used in the exercises. The total net explosive weight used
against each mine ranges from less than one pound to 20 pounds (0.5 to
9.1 kg). Mine neutralization training takes place offshore in Puuloa
Underwater Range, Lima Landing, Naval Inactive Ship Maintenance
Facility, MCBH, MCTAB, Barters Point Range, Ewa Training Minefield; and
in open-ocean areas. Detonation of live ordnance could result in the
take of marine mammals.
All demolition activities are conducted in accordance with current
Navy directives and approved standard operating procedures. Before any
explosive is detonated, divers are transported a safe distance away
from the explosive. Standard practices for tethered mines in Hawaiian
waters require ground mine explosive charges to be suspended 10 feet
(3.0 m) below the surface of the water.
EER/IEER AN/SSQ-110A--The Extended Echo Ranging and Improved
Extended Echo Ranging (EER/IEER) Systems are air-launched ASW systems
used in conducting ``large area'' searches for submarines. These
systems are made up of airborne avionics ASW acoustic processing and
sonobuoy types that are deployed in pairs. The IEER System's active
sonobuoy component, the AN/SSQ-110A Sonobuoy, would generate a ``ping''
(small detonation) and the passive AN/SSQ-101 ADAR Sonobuoy would
``listen'' for the return echo of the sonar ping that has been bounced
off the surface of a submarine. These sonobuoys are designed to provide
underwater acoustic data necessary for naval aircrews to quickly
[[Page 35517]]
and accurately detect submerged submarines. The expendable and
commandable sonobuoy pairs are dropped from a fixed-wing aircraft into
the ocean in a predetermined pattern (array) with a few buoys covering
a very large area. Upon command from the aircraft, the bottom payload
is released to sink to a designated operating depth. A second command
is required from the aircraft to cause the second payload to release
and detonate generating a ``ping''. There is only one detonation in the
pattern of buoys at a time. Detonation of the buoys could result in the
take of marine mammals.
Air-to-Surface Gunnery Exercise (A-S GUNEX)--Air-to-Surface GUNEX
events are conducted by rotary-wing aircraft against stationary targets
(Floating at-sea Target [FAST] and smoke buoy). Rotary-wing aircraft
involved in this training activity would include a single SH-60 using
either 7.62-mm or .50-caliber door-mounted machine guns. A typical A-S
GUNEX will last approximately one hour and involve the expenditure of
approximately 400 rounds of 50-caliber or 7.62-mm ammunition. Due to
the use of small, inert rounds, A-S GUNEXs are not expected to result
in the take of marine mammals.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP23JN08.005
Additional information on the Navy's proposed activities may be
found in the LOA Application and the FEIS (Section 2 and Appendices D,
E, and J).
Description of Marine Mammals in the Area of the Specified Activities
There are 27 marine mammal species with possible or confirmed
occurrence in the HRC. As indicated in Table 6, there are 25 cetacean
species (7 mysticetes and 18 odontocetes) and two pinnipeds. Table 6
also includes the estimated abundance, estimated group size, and
estimated probability of detection (based on Barlow 2006) of the
species that occur in the HRC. Seven marine mammal species listed as
federally endangered under the Endangered Species Act (ESA) occur in
the HRC: the humpback whale, North Pacific right whale, sei whale, fin
whale, blue whale, sperm whale, and Hawaiian monk seal. The most
abundant marine mammals appear to be dwarf sperm whales, striped
dolphins, and Fraser's dolphins. The most abundant large whales are
sperm whales.
BILLING CODE 3510-22-P
[[Page 35518]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP23JN08.006
[[Page 35519]]
The Navy has compiled information on the abundance, behavior,
status and distribution, and vocalizations of marine mammal species in
the Hawaiian waters from peer reviewed literature, the Navy Marine
Resource Assessment, NMFS Stock Assessment Reports, and marine mammal
surveys using acoustics or visual observations from aircraft or ships.
This information may be viewed in the Navy's LOA application and/or the
Navy's FEIS for the HRC (see Availability). Additional information is
available in NMFS Stock Assessment Reports, which may be viewed at:
https://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/sars/species.htm.
Based on their rare occurrence in the HRC, the Navy and NMFS do not
anticipate any effects to Blue whales, North Pacific right whales, or
Northern elephant seals and, therefore, they are not addressed further
in this document.
Important Reproductive Areas
Because the consideration of areas where marine mammals are known
to selectively breed or calve are important to both the negligible
impact finding necessary for the issuance of an MMPA authorization and
the need for NMFS to put forth the means of effecting the least
practicable adverse impact paying particular attention to rookeries,
mating grounds, and other areas of similar significance, we are
emphasizing important reproductive areas within this section. Little is
known about the breeding and calving behaviors of many of the marine
mammals that occur in the HRC. Some delphinid species have calving
peaks once or twice a year, but give birth throughout their ranges. The
mysticete species that may occur in the HRC are generally thought to
migrate from higher to lower latitudes to breed and calve in the
winter. With one notable exception, no breeding or calving areas have
been identified in the HRC for the species that occur there. However,
the main Hawaiian Islands constitute one of the world's most important
habitats for the endangered humpback whale. Nearly two-thirds of the
entire North Pacific population of humpback whales migrates to Hawaii
each winter to engage in breeding, calving and nursing activities
important for the survival of their species. The available sighting
information and the known preferred breeding habitat (shallow water)
indicates that humpback whale densities are much higher (up to almost
four whales/square mile) in certain areas and that humpback mothers and
calves are concentrated within the 200-m isobath. The Hawaiian Humpback
Whale National Marine Sanctuary worked with Dr. Joe Mobley to compile a
figure that generally illustrates humpback whale survey data collected
between 1993 and 2003 and indicates areas of high and low density
(Mobley 2004, Figure 1).
[[Page 35520]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP23JN08.007
BILLING CODE 3510-22-C
[[Page 35521]]
A Brief Background on Sound
An understanding of the basic properties of underwater sound is
necessary to comprehend many of the concepts and analyses presented in
this document. A summary is included below.
Sound is a wave of pressure variations propagating through a medium
(for the sonar considered in this proposed rule, the medium is marine
water). Pressure variations are created by compressing and relaxing the
medium. Sound measurements can be expressed in two forms: intensity and
pressure. Acoustic intensity is the average rate of energy transmitted
through a unit area in a specified direction and is expressed in watts
per square meter (W/m\2\). Acoustic intensity is rarely measured
directly, it is derived from ratios of pressures; the standard
reference pressure for underwater sound is 1 microPascal ([mu]Pa); for
airborne sound, the standard reference pressure is 20 [mu]Pa
(Richardson et al., 1995).
Acousticians have adopted a logarithmic scale for sound
intensities, which is denoted in decibels (dB). Decibel measurements
represent the ratio between a measured pressure value and a reference
pressure value (in this case 1 [mu]Pa or, for airborne sound, 20
[mu]Pa). The logarithmic nature of the scale means that each 10 dB
increase is a ten-fold increase in power (e.g., 20 dB is a 100-fold
increase, 30 dB is a 1,000-fold increase). Humans perceive a 10-dB
increase in noise as a doubling of sound level, or a 10 dB decrease in
noise as a halving of sound level. The term ``sound pressure level''
implies a decibel measure and a reference pressure that is used as the
denominator of the ratio. Throughout this document, NMFS uses 1
microPascal (denoted re: 1 [mu]Pa) as a standard reference pressure
unless noted otherwise.
It is important to note that decibels underwater and decibels in
air are not the same and cannot be directly compared. To estimate a
comparison between sound in air and underwater, because of the
different densities of air and water and the different decibel
standards (i.e., reference pressures) in water and air, a sound with
the same intensity (i.e., power) in air and in water would be
approximately 63 dB quieter in air. Thus a sound that is 160 dB loud
underwater would have the same approximate effective intensity as a
sound that is 97 dB loud in air.
Sound frequency is measured in cycles per second, or Hertz
(abbreviated Hz), and is analogous to musical pitch; high-pitched
sounds contain high frequencies and low-pitched sounds contain low
frequencies. Natural sounds in the ocean span a huge range of
frequencies: from earthquake noise at 5 Hz to harbor porpoise clicks at
150,000 Hz (150 kHz). These sounds are so low or so high in pitch that
humans cannot even hear them; acousticians call these infrasonic and
ultrasonic sounds, respectively. A single sound may be made up of many
different frequencies together. Sounds made up of only a small range of
frequencies are called ``narrowband'', and sounds with a broad range of
frequencies are called ``broadband''; airguns are an example of a
broadband sound source and tactical sonars are an example of a
narrowband sound source.
When considering the influence of various kinds of sound on the
marine environment, it is necessary to understand that different kinds
of marine life are sensitive to different frequencies of sound. Based
on available behavioral data, audiograms derived using auditory evoked
potential, anatomical modeling, and other data, Southall et al. (2007)
designate ``functional hearing groups'' and estimate the lower and
upper frequencies of functional hearing of the groups. Further, the
frequency range in which each group's hearing is estimated as being
most sensitive is represented in the flat part of the M-weighting
functions developed for each group. More specific data is available for
certain species (Table 17). The functional groups and the associated
frequencies are indicated below:
Low frequency cetaceans (13 species of mysticetes):
Functional hearing is estimated to occur between approximately 7 Hz and
22 kHz.
Mid-frequency cetaceans (32 species of dolphins, six
species of larger toothed whales, and 19 species of beaked and
bottlenose whales): Functional hearing is estimated to occur between
approximately 150 Hz and 160 kHz.
High frequency cetaceans (eight species of true porpoises,
six species of river dolphins, Kogia, the franciscana, and four species
of cephalorhynchids): Functional hearing is estimated to occur between
approximately 200 Hz and 180 kHz.
Pinnipeds in Water: Functional hearing is estimated to
occur between approximately 75 Hz and 75 kHz, with the greatest
sensitivity between approximately 700 Hz and 20 kHz.
Pinnipeds in Air: Functional hearing is estimated to occur
between approximately 75 Hz and 30 kHz.
Because ears adapted to function underwater are physiologically
different from human ears, comparisons using decibel measurements in
air would still not be adequate to describe the effects of a sound on a
whale. When sound travels away from its source, its loudness decreases
as the distance traveled (propagates) by the sound increases. Thus, the
loudness of a sound at its source is higher than the loudness of that
same sound a kilometer distant. Acousticians often refer to the
loudness of a sound at its source (typically measured one meter from
the source) as the source level and the loudness of sound elsewhere as
the received level. For example, a humpback whale three kilometers from
an airgun that has a source level of 230 dB may only be exposed to
sound that is 160 dB loud, depending on how the sound propagates. As a
result, it is important not to confuse source levels and received
levels when discussing the loudness of sound in the ocean.
As sound travels from a source, its propagation in water is
influenced by various physical characteristics, including water
temperature, depth, salinity, and surface and bottom properties that
cause refraction, reflection, absorption, and scattering of sound
waves. Oceans are not homogeneous and the contribution of each of these
individual factors is extremely complex and interrelated. The physical
characteristics that determine the sound's speed through the water will
change with depth, season, geographic location, and with time of day
(as a result, in actual sonar operations, crews will measure oceanic
conditions, such as sea water temperature and depth, to calibrate
models that determine the path the sonar signal will take as it travels
through the ocean and how strong the sound signal will be at a given
range along a particular transmission path). As sound travels through
the ocean, the intensity associated with the wavefront diminishes, or
attenuates. This decrease in intensity is referred to as propagation
loss, also commonly called transmission loss.
Metrics Used in This Document
This section includes a brief explanation of the two sound
measurements (sound pressure level (SPL) and sound exposure level
(SEL)) frequently used in the discussions of acoustic effects in this
document.
SPL
Sound pressure is the sound force per unit area, and is usually
measured in micropascals ([mu]Pa), where 1 Pa is the pressure resulting
from a force of one newton exerted over an area of one
[[Page 35522]]
square meter. SPL is expressed as the ratio of a measured sound
pressure and a reference level. The commonly used reference pressure
level in underwater acoustics is 1 [mu]Pa, and the units for SPLs are
dB re: 1 [mu]Pa.
SPL (in dB) = 20 log (pressure/reference pressure)
SPL is an instantaneous measurement and can be expressed as the
peak, the peak-peak, or the root mean square (rms). Root mean square,
which is the square root of the arithmetic average of the squared
instantaneous pressure values, is typically used in discussions of the
effects of sounds on vertebrates and all references to SPL in this
document refer to the root mean square. SPL does not take the duration
of a sound into account. SPL is the applicable metric used in the risk
continuum, which is used to estimate behavioral harassment takes (see
Level B Harassment Risk Function (Behavioral Harassment) Section).
SEL
SEL is an energy metric that integrates the squared instantaneous
sound pressure over a stated time interval. The units for SEL are dB
re: 1 [mu]Pa\2\s.
SEL = SPL + 10log(duration in seconds)
As applied to tactical sonar, the SEL includes both the SPL of a
sonar ping and the total duration. Longer duration pings and/or pings
with higher SPLs will have a higher SEL. If an animal is exposed to
multiple pings, the SEL in each individual ping is summed to calculate
the total SEL. The total SEL depends on the SPL, duration, and number
of pings received. The thresholds that NMFS uses to indicate at what
received level the onset of temporary threshold shift (TTS) and
permanent threshold shift (PTS) in hearing are likely to occur are
expressed in SEL.
Potential Effects of Specified Activities on Marine Mammals
Exposure to MFAS/HFAS
The Navy has requested authorization for the take of marine mammals
that may occur incidental to training activities in the HRC utilizing
MFAS/HFAS or underwater explosives. The Navy has analyzed other Navy
activities in the HRC, both ongoing and proposed, and in consultation
with NMFS as a cooperating agency for the HRC EIS, has determined that
take of marine mammals incidental to other Navy activities is unlikely
and, therefore, has not requested authorization for take of marine
mammals that might occur incidental to any other activities. Therefore,
NMFS will analyze the potential effects on marine mammals from MFAS/
HFAS and underwater detonations, but not from other activities.
For the purposes of MMPA authorizations, NMFS's effects assessments
have three primary purposes: (1) To put forth the permissible methods
of taking within the context of MMPA Level B Harassment (behavioral
harassment), Level A Harassment (injury), and mortality (i.e., identify
the number and types of take that will occur); (2) to determine whether
the specified activity will have a negligible impact on the affected
species or stocks of marine mammals (based on the likelihood that the
activity will adversely affect the species or stock through effects on
annual rates of recruitment or survival); and (3) to determine whether
the specified activity will have an unmitigable adverse impact on the
availability of the species or stock(s) for subsistence uses (however,
there are no subsistence communities that would be affected in the HRC,
so this determination is inapplicable for the HRC).
More specifically, for activities involving active tactical sonar
or underwater detonations, NMFS's analysis will identify the
probability of lethal responses, physical trauma, sensory impairment
(permanent and temporary threshold shifts and acoustic masking),
physiological responses (particular stress responses), behavioral
disturbance (that rises to the level of harassment), and social
responses that would be classified as behavioral harassment or injury
and/or would be likely to adversely affect the species or stock through
effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival. In this section, we
will focus qualitatively on the different ways that MFAS/HFAS and
underwater explosive detonations may affect marine mammals (some of
which NMFS would not classify as harassment). Then, in the Estimated
Take of Marine Mammals Section, NMFS will relate the potential effects
to marine mammals from MFAS/HFAS and underwater detonation of
explosives to the MMPA regulatory definitions of Level A and Level B
Harassment and attempt to quantify those effects.
In its April 14, 2008, Biological Opinion of the U.S. Navy's
proposal to conduct four training exercises in the Cherry Point,
Virginia Capes, and Jacksonville, Range Complexes NMFS presented a
conceptual model of the potential responses of endangered and
threatened species upon being exposed to active sonar and the pathways
by which those responses might affect the fitness of individual animals
that have been exposed, which may then affect the reproduction and/or
survival of those individuals. Literature supporting the framework,
with examples drawn from many taxa (both aquatic and terrestrial) was
included in the ``Application of this Approach'' and ``Response
Analyses'' sections of that document (available at: https://
www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/incidental.htm). This conceptual framework
may also be used to describe the responses and pathways for non-
endangered and non-threatened species and is included in this document
for reference (Figure 2).
BILLING CODE 3510-22-P
[[Page 35523]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP23JN08.008
BILLING CODE 3510-22-C
[[Page 35524]]
Direct Physiological Effects
Based on the literature, there are two basic ways that MFAS/HFAS
might directly result in physical trauma or damage: Noise-induced loss
of hearing sensitivity (more commonly-called ``threshold shift'') and
acoustically mediated bubble growth. Separately, an animal's behavioral
reaction to an acoustic exposure might lead to physiological effects
that might ultimately lead to injury or death, which is discussed later
in the Stranding section.
Threshold Shift (Noise-Induced Loss of Hearing)
When animals exhibit reduced hearing sensitivity (i.e., sounds must
be louder for an animal to recognize them) following exposure to a
sufficiently intense sound, it is referred to as a noise-induced
threshold shift (TS). An animal can experience temporary threshold
shift (TTS) or permanent threshold shift (PTS). TTS can last from
minutes or hours to days (i.e., there is recovery), occurs in specific
frequency ranges (i.e., an animal might only have a temporary loss of
hearing sensitivity between the frequencies of 1 and 10 kHz)), and can
be of varying amounts (for example, an animal's hearing sensitivity
might be reduced by only 6 dB or reduced by 30 dB). PTS is permanent
(i.e., there is no recovery), but also occurs in a specific frequency
range and amount as mentioned.
The following physiological mechanisms are thought to play a role
in inducing auditory TSs: Effects to sensory hair cells in the inner
ear that reduce their sensitivity, modification of the chemical
environment within the sensory cells, residual muscular activity in the
middle ear, displacement of certain inner ear membranes, increased
blood flow, and post-stimulatory reduction in both efferent and sensory
neural output (Southall et al., 2007). The amplitude, duration,
frequency, temporal pattern, and energy distribution of sound exposure
all affect the amount of associated TS and the frequency range in which
it occurs. As amplitude and duration of sound exposure increase, so,
generally, does the amount of TS. For continuous sounds, exposures of
equal energy (the same SEL) will lead to approximately equal effects.
For intermittent sounds, less TS will occur than from a continuous
exposure with the same energy (some recovery will occur between
exposures) (Kryter et al., 1966; Ward, 1997). For example, one short
but loud (higher SPL) sound exposure may induce the same impairment as
one longer but softer sound, which in turn may cause more impairment
than a series of several intermittent softer sounds with the same total
energy (Ward, 1997). Additionally, though TTS is temporary, very
prolonged exposure to sound strong enough to elicit TTS, or shorter-
term exposure to sound levels well above the TTS threshold, can cause
PTS, at least in terrestrial mammals (Kryter, 1985) (although in the
case of MFAS/HFAS, animals are not expected to be exposed to levels
high enough or durations long enough to result in PTS).
PTS is considered auditory injury (Southall et al., 2007).
Irreparable damage to the inner or outer cochlear hair cells may cause
PTS, however, other mechanisms are also involved, such as exceeding the
elastic limits of certain tissues and membranes in the middle and inner
ears and resultant changes in the chemical composition of the inner ear
fluids (Southall et al., 2007).
Although the published body of scientific literature contains
numerous theoretical studies and discussion papers on hearing
impairments that can occur with exposure to a loud sound, only a few
studies provide empirical information on the levels at which noise-
induced loss in hearing sensitivity occurs in nonhuman animals. For
cetaceans, published data are limited to the captive bottlenose dolphin
and beluga (Finneran et al., 2000, 2002b, 2005a; Schlundt et al., 2000;
Nachtigall et al., 2003, 2004). For pinnipeds in water, data is limited
to Kastak et al.'s measurement of TTS in one harbor seal, one elephant
seal, and one California sea lion.
Marine mammal hearing plays a critical role in communication with
conspecifics, and interpreting environmental cues for purposes such as
predator avoidance and prey capture. Depending on the degree (dB),
duration, and frequency range of TTS, and the context in which it is
experienced, TTS can have effects on marine mammals ranging from
discountable to serious (similar to those discussed in auditory
masking, below). For example, a marine mammal may be able to readily
compensate for a brief, relatively small amount of TTS in a non-
critical frequency range that takes place during a time when the animal
is traveling through the open ocean, where ambient noise is lower and
there are not as many competing sounds present. Alternatively, a larger
amount and longer duration of TTS sustained during time when
communication is critical for successful mother/calf interactions could
have more serious impacts. Also, depending on the degree and frequency
range, the effects of PTS on an animal could range in severity,
although it is considered generally more serious because it is a long
term condition. Of note, reduced hearing sensitivity as a simple
function of development and aging has been observed in marine mammals,
as well as humans and other taxa (Southall et al., 2007), so we can
infer that strategies exist for coping with this condition to some
degree, though likely not without cost. There is no empirical evidence
that exposure to MFAS/HFAS can cause PTS in any marine mammals; instead
the probability of PTS has been inferred from studies of TTS (see
Richardson et al. 1995).
Acoustically Mediated Bubble Growth
One theoretical cause of injury to marine mammals is rectified
diffusion (Crum and Mao, 1996), the process of increasing the size of a
bubble by exposing it to a sound field. This process could be
facilitated if the environment in which the ensonified bubbles exist is
supersaturated with gas. Repetitive diving by marine mammals can cause
the blood and some tissues to accumulate gas to a greater degree than
is supported by the surrounding environmental pressure (Ridgway and
Howard, 1979). The deeper and longer dives of some marine mammals (for
example, beaked whales) are theoretically predicted to induce greater
supersaturation (Houser et al., 2001b). If rectified diffusion were
possible in marine mammals exposed to high